NO:1 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(一)
第一部分 听力理解 (共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5分小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A，B，C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.What are they talking about?
A.Driving in England.
B.How to drive a car.
C.Whether to have the right to drive a car in England.
2.What does the woman mean?
A.Mary is ill
B.Mary thinks well of the concert.
C.She has no chance to talk to Mary.
3. Does Jane know Arvid Brown?
A.She doesn't know him.
B. She knows something about him.
C.She knows him very well.
4. What can we learn from the conversation?
A.They are neighbors.
B. They are classmates.
C.They are not from the same country.
5.Where does the conversation probably take place?
A. In a clothing store.
B. At the woman's home
C. In the sitting room.
第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面6段对话或独白。每段对话或独白打有几个小题，从题中所给的A，B，C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独 白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独 白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6－7题。
6.What is the man going to do tonight?
A.Come to the woman's home for dinner.
B.Go to a concert with the woman.
C.Go to a concert with his sister.
7.What does the man think of the woman?
A.He thinks she is a good cook.
B.He thinks she does everything very quickly.
C.He thinks she isn't good at cooking.
听第7段材料，回答第8－9题
8.What is the woman worried about?
A. Mary's carelessness.
B. Bad traffic.
C. Mary's being late.
9.What do you know about Mary from this conversation?
A.She is a good driver and always very careful.
B.She is a careless girl.
C.She likes careless girl.
听第8段材料，回答第10－12题
10. Where will they have dinner that night?
A.In the hotel
B.At the airport
C.In a restaurant nearby.
11. What kind of food are they going to eat?
A.American food
B.Chinese food
C.French food.
12. How many people will have dinner with the two speakers?
A.Three. B. Four C. Five.
听第9段材料，回答第13－15题
13. Where does the conversation probably take place?
A.At school. B. At home. C. In the office.
14. How many hours will the girl work a day?
A.2. B.4. C.6.
15. How much could she get in a week?
A.24 dollars. B.80 dollars. C.120 dollars.
听第10段材料，回答第16－18题
16. Why is there no performance?
A.Because the audience want a repayment.
B.Because the actors are sick.
C.Because there is no electricity.
17. When will tickets be exchanged?
A.This evening.
B.Next Tuesday.
C.Tomorrow morning.
18. What can't they do according to the message?
A.Get their money back.
B.Come to see the performance tomorrow morning.
C.Come to see the performance next Tuesday.
听第11段材料，回答第19－20题。
19. Where does the sandwich come from?
A.England. B. America. C. Germany.
20. From the passage we learn that ______.
A.the sandwich has a long history.
B.the sandwich was invented by Americans.
C.the sandwich is pretty new to us.
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：单项填空 (共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)（涉及高中第一册 1－３单元）
21.She thought I was talking about her, in fact, I was talking about my sister.
A. whom B. which C. that D. while
22.－David has made great progress recently.
－ , and .
A. So he has ; so you have B. So he has ; so have you
C. So has he ; so have you D. So has he ; so you have
23.We think that, the situation will get worse.
A. if not dealing with carefully B. if dealt not carefully with
C. if not carefully dealt with D. if not carefully dealing with
24.In order to attract attention, they plenty of computer designs in their ads.
A. brought in B. brought about C. brought up D. introduced in
25.When the spaceship travelled above, new-looking earth appeared before us,
earth that we had never seen before .
A. the; the B. a; an C. an; the D. the; an
26.—Henry, the phone is ringing. Do you want me to go?
—No, sit still. .
A. I'll get it B. I am to get it C. I' m getting it D. I am about to get it.
27.—I didn't met him yesterday.
—Of course, you , because he had gone on a trip.
A. can't B. may not have C. couldn't have D. mustn't have
28.When you go out with your sisters, you must see to that they are safe.
A. everything B. them C. yourself D. it
29.He is the most experienced teacher , much can be learned.
A. I've told you of; from whom B. I told you; from whom
C. that I told you of; about whom D. I told you; about whom
30.－What do you think of my composition?
－It well a few spelling mistakes.
A. reads; except for B. read; besides C. is read: except for D. is read; besides
31.－Did you get a job on IT?
－No, I , but it's of no use.
A. expected B. tried to C. managed to D. planned
32.The design is now with the experts' suggestion. We couldn't find better one.
A.perfect; the B. the most perfect; a C. perfect; a D. more perfect; the
33.Some students prefer a strict teacher who tells them exactly what to do. others prefer to
work on their own.
A. having been left B. to leave C. to be left D. leaving
34. —May I take your order now?
— .
—Ok, I'll come back in a few minutes.
A. No, we need more time. B. Could you bring us the bill?
C. Yes, here it is, Thank you. D. Sure, we' d love to.
35.－ was it they discovered the entrance to the underground palace?
－Totally by chance.
A. How ; that B. What ; that C. When ; when D. Where ; that
第二节：完形填空 (共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36?5各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。
One day, when I was a freshman (一年级学生) in high school, I saw a kid named Kyle from my class walking home from school with all of his books. I thought to myself," 36 would anyone bring home all his books for the weekend? He must really be 37 ."
As I was walking, I saw several kids running toward him. They ran at him, 38 all his books out of his arms and he fell down in the dirt. His glasses went 39 and landed in the grass about ten feet away from him.
My 40 went out to him. So, I ran over to him. As I handed him his glasses, he looked at me and said, "Hey, thanks!"
I helped him pick up his books, and asked him where he lived. As it 41 , he lived near me. We talked all the way home. He turned out to be a pretty 42 kid. Over the next four years, Kyle and I became best friends.
Kyle was the 43 student of our class, 44 of those guys that really found themselves during high school. He had to prepare a speech for 45 . On the graduation day, I could see that he was 46 about his speech. So, I patted him on the back and said, "Hey , big guy, you'll be 47 !" He looked at me and smiled.
At graduation, he cleared his throat, and began. "Graduation is a time to 48 those who helped you make it through those 49 years. Your parents, your teachers.., but mostly your friends. I am here to tell all of you that being a friend to someone is the best 50 you can give them. I am going to tell you a story. "
I just looked at my friend with 51 as he told the story of the first day we met. He had planned to 52 himself over the weekend and was carrying his stuff home. He looked at me and gave me a little smile. "Thankfully, I was saved. My friend 53 me from doing the unspeakable. "
Not until that moment did I realize that you should never underestimate (低估) the 54 of your actions. With one small gesture you can 55 a person's life. For better or for worse.
36. A. How B. When C. Why D. So
37. A. stupid B. clever C. wonderful D. hard-working
38. A. throwing B. knocking C. taking D. snatching
39. A. down B. up C. broken D. flying
40. A. heart B. mind C. hands D. thought
41. A. passed by B. turned out C. went on D. came up
42. A. honest B. foolish C. shy D. cool
43. A. top B. hardest C. favorite D. luckiest
44. A. who B. one C. it D. which
45. A. our class B. himself C. graduation D. college
46. A. excited B. nervous C. proud D. thinking
47. A. great B. famous C. praised D. honored
48. A. reward B. remember C. thank D. congratulate
49. A. happy B. unforgettable C. old D. tough
50. A. chance B. gift C. help D. favor
51. A. wonder B. anxiety C. disbelief D. pride
52. A. kill B. enjoy C. test D. hurt
53. A. protected B. freed C. warned D. saved
54. A. value B. use C. power D. meaning
55. A. affect B. change C. save D. understand
第三部分 阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
A
One of the greatest mysteries (奥秘) of the world, for which scientists have so far been unable to find any satisfactory explanation, is the Bermuda Triangle: This is an area of the Western Atlantic between Bermuda and Florida, where since 1945 at least a hundred ships and planes and over a thousand people have disappeared. No broken parts of ships or planes have been found, no bodies, lifebelts or any other evidence (迹象) of disaster. It is as if these planes, ships and people had never existed. In some cases a radio message had been received from an aircraft reporting everything in order a few minutes before all contact (联系) was lost. In other cases a weak S. O. S. message had been picked up and, in perfect weather, unexplained references to fog and loss of bearings (方位). There have been references to the curious white light which is a feature of the sea in part of this area, and it is interesting to note that not only was this white light observed by the astronauts on their way to space, but was also noted by Columbus, five centuries ago. Whether this light has any connection with the mysterious disappearances is unknown.
56.The most puzzling feature of the incidents that have happened in the Bermuda Triangle area is
.
A. the unexplained light found in the area
B. the lack of evidence of disaster
C. the appearance of the broken parts of ships and planes
D. the disastrous losses in the area
57.What had happened before contact with missing aircraft was lost?
A. Clear signals had always been received.
B. Puzzling signals had sometimes been received.
C. The pilot reported bad weather conditions.
D. The pilot had never made any request for help.
58.The curious white light on the surface of the sea in the Bermuda Triangle area .
A. was seen from a spacecraft
B. was only seen by astronauts
C. was only observed by Columbus
D. was not discovered for five centuries
59.According to the passage, we know that the cause of the disappearances of ships and planes in
this area cannot be .
A. explained by scientists B. understood only by scientists
C. known only to astronauts D. known only to scientists
B
We welcome you aboard Finnair Flight and will do our best to make your trip comfortable and enjoyable.
For your safety and convenience
To begin the trip, we would like to draw your attention to some safety related details. These are also explained on the instruction card in the seat pocket in front of you. Seat belts must remain fastened while the "Fasten seatbelts" sign is on. It is advisable to keep them fastened at all times while seated. All flights are non-smoking. The use of mobile telephones is now allowed when the airplane is on the ground and "the fasten seatbelts" sign is turned off. During the flight the use of CD and DVD players is now allowed.
For your entertainment
To help you enjoy your trip, we provide a sange of newspapers on international flights. On our MD-11 and Boeing aircraft, we are also pleased to provide music and video programs. On Air-bus A321/320/319, aircraft route maps and short videos are shown. Details of entertainment programs available on MD-II aircraft are shown on the separate "On the Air" brochure located in your seat pocket.
For your children
Special reading material is provided for children and on longer flights there are also audio and video programs for them. On long-distance flights, first-time flyers between the ages of 2 and 15 can join our Finnair Junior Plus Club.
Meals and drinks
During most flights we serve you a tasty meal with drinks to accompany it. Beer, wine and other drinks are served free of charge. Coffee, tea and juice are served free of charge on all domestic flights of over 35 minutes. On domestic flights leaving before nine and on all flights to northern Finland, a snack is served.
We value your opinion
In this magazine you'll find a special form for your comments about our service. Kindly return the form to our crew or any Finnair office. It will be forwarded directly to the appropriate
department. You can also fax it ( + 358- (0)89819- 7729) or send your comments by e-mail to feedback @ finnair, com. Our crew is pleased to answer your questions during the flight whenever possible.
60.During the flight, a passenger .
A. doesn't have to keep his/her seat belt fastened all the time
B. may not know where he/she is
C. is not allowed to listen to music or watch video
D. can use his/her mobile phone
61.We can learn from the passage that .
A. Finnair Junior Plus Club is set up for young passengers under 15
B. children can fully enjoy themselves during the flight
C. all food and drinks are free on the flight
D. the expenses of meals are included in the ticket price
62.The purpose of the passage is mainly to .
A. tell the passengers what to do and what not to do
B. tell the passengers what kind of entertainment they can enjoy during their flight
C. encourage the passengers to give comments on the service
D. let the passengers come familiar with the services and help them fully enjoy themselves
63.This passage is probably .
A. an advertisement in a newspaper B. an oral notice given by the captain
C. a written notice in a magazine D. a business guide given by an air hostess
C
He was the baby with no name. Found and taken from the north Atlantic 6 days after the sinking of the Titanic in 1912' his tiny body so moved the salvage (救援) workers that they called him our baby. In their home port of Halifax, Nova Scotia, people collected money for a headstone in front of the baby's grave (墓), carved with the words: To the memory of an unknown child. He has rested there ever since.
But history has a way of uncovering its secrets. On Nov. 5, this year, three members of a family from Finland arrived at Halifax and laid fresh flowers at the grave. This is our baby, says Magda Schleifer, 68, a banker. She grew up hearing stories about a great-aunt named Maria Panula,42, who had sailed on the Titanic for America to be reunited with her husband. According to the information Mrs. Schleifer had gathered, Panula gave up her seat on a lifeboat to search for her five children -- including a 13-month-old boy named Eino from whom she had become separated during the final minutes of the crossing. "We thought they were all lost in the sea," says Schleifer.
Now, using teeth and bone pieces taken from the baby's grave, scientists have compared the
DNA from the Unknown Child with those collected from members of five families who lost relatives on the Titanic and never recovered the bodies. The result of the test points only to one possible person: young Eino. Now, the family sees: no need for a new grave. "He belongs to the people of Halifax," says Schleifer. "They've taken care of him for 90 years."
Adapted from People, November 25, 20025
64.The baby travelled on the Titanic with his________.
A. mother B. parents C. aunt D. relatives
65.What is probably the boy's last name?
A. Schleiferi B. Eino. C. Magda. D. Panula.
66.Some members of the family went to Halifax and put flowers at the child's grave on Nov. 5__.
A. 1912 B. 1954 C. 2002 D. 2004
67.This text is mainly about" how__________.
A. the unknown baby's body was taken from the north Atlantic
B. the unknown baby was buried in Halifax, Nova Scotia
C. people found out who the unknown baby was
D. people took care of the unknown baby for 90 years
D
Deserts are found where there is little rainfall or where rain for a whole year falls in only a few weeks' time. Ten inches of rain may be enough for many plants to survive (存活)if the rain is
spread throughout the year, If it falls, within one or two months and the rest of the year is dry, those plants may die and a desert may form.
Sand begins as tiny pieces of rock that get smaller and smaller as wind and weather wear them down. Sand dunes (沙丘) are formed as winds move the sand across the desert. Bit by bit, the dunes grow over the years, always moving with the winds and changing the shape. Most of them are only a few feet tall, but they can grow to be several hundred feet high.
There is, however, much more to a desert than sand. In the deserts of the southwestern United States, cliffs (悬崖) and deep valleys were formed from thick mud that once lay beneath a sea more than millions of years ago. Over the centuries, the water dried up. Wind, sand , rain, heat and cold all wore away at the remaining rocks. The faces of the desert mountains are always changing -very, very slowly ---as these forces of nature continue to work on the rock.
Most deserts have a surprising variety of life. There are plants, animals and insects that :have adapted to life in the desert. During the heat of the day' a visitor may see very few signs of living things, but as the air begins to cool in the evening, the desert comes to life. As the sun begins to rise again in the sky, the desert once again becomes quiet and lonely.
68.Many plants may survive in deserts when_________.
A. the rain is spread out in a year B. the rain falls only in a few weeks
C. there is little rain in a year D. it is dry all the year round
69.Sand dunes are formed when_________.
A. sand piles up gradually B. there is plenty of rain in a year
C. the sea has dried up over the years D. pieces of rock get smaller
70.The underlined sentence in the third paragraph probably means that in a desert there is_______.
A. too much sand B. more sand than before
C. nothing except sand D. something else besides sand
71.It can be learned from the text that in a desert________.
A. there is no rainfall throughout the year B. life exists in rough conditions
C. all sand dunes are a few feet high D. rocks are worn away only by wind and heat
E
WASHINGTON The largest ozone (臭氧) hole ever observed has opened up over Antarctica, according to NASA scientists. They believe it is a sign that ozone-destroying gases
produced years ago are just now causing the largest quantities of ozone to disappear.
This year's South Pole ozone hole spreads over about 28.5 million square kilometers, an area three times larger than the land mass of the United States.
Pictures of the hole have been offered by the US National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). The hole appears as a giant blue mass, totally covering Antarctica and stretching (延伸) to the southern tip of South America.
The last time the ozone hole was close to this size was in 1998, when it spread over about 27.2 million square kilometres, NASA said.
Paul Newman, who works with NASA's Total Ozone Mapping Spectrometrer (TOMS) instrument on a NASA satellite, said ozone-watchers had expected a big hole this year, but not this big.
The Antarctic ozone hole, first observed in 1985, is caused by the depletion (消耗、破坏) of Earth-protecting ozone by human-made chemicals such as chloroflurocarbons, known as CFCs.
Even though these chemicals were forbidden to use from the beginning of 1987, they remain in the atmosphere and will continue to do so for years, Newman said.
The peak years for the giant ozone hole will continue until 2010 or so, Newman said.
This year's large hole may have been caused by a change in a swirling high-level air current over Antarctica, which circles the area and contains the ozone hole, Newman said. REUTERS
72.The text is mainly about .
A. the discovery of the largest ozone hole
B. the discovery of the Antarctic ozone hole
C. the history of the Antarctic ozone hole
D. the size of the largest ozone hole
73.The time 1985 was talked about in the text because it was when the Antarctic ozone hole .
A. was watched by Newman B. was first closed
C. disappeared D. was first watched
74.There is a giant ozone hole over Antarctica because over there.
A. human-made chemicals have protected ozone
B. ozone has protected the earth
C. human-made chemicals have destroyed ozone
D. human-made chemicals have increased ozone
75.When Newman says "The peak years for the giant ozone hole will continue until 2010 or so,
he means .
A. During the next ten years the ozone hole will become smaller and smaller
B. During the next ten years the ozone hole will become larger and larger
C. During the next ten years the ozone hole will remain exactly the same
D. The ozone hole won't become too small until about ten years later
第四部分 写作(共两节；满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
It was very fine when I got up on last Sunday morning. 76.
So I decided to go for a walk and took some photos in the 77.
beautiful country. After breakfast, I carried my camera with 78.
me and set off. Everything went smooth. I enjoyed my trip 79 .
so much that I didn't realize the weather had been turned 80.
bad. I began to run and it was too late. I was caught 81.
by the rain and was wet through. I kept on running until 82.
I got to a bus stop. I stood there wait a long time for 83.
the bus shivering (颤抖) with cold. Shortly after I get 84.
home, I had high fever, which made me stay in bed 85.
for a whole week)
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
一家美国公司计划在我市建一座造纸厂，有人同意，但也有人反对。请你根据下表所提供的信息写一篇短文，客观地介绍讨论的情况。
注意：1.文章开头已为你写好，不计人总词数。
2.词数100左右。
3.参考词汇：环保设备equipment for protecting the environment；经济economy。
An American company wants to build a paper factory in our city. But opinions are divided on the question....
NO:2 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(二)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. Where is the woman from ?
A. America B. China C. Germany
2. What does the woman take in her coffee ?
A. Cream and sugar B. Nothing C. Sugar
3. What does the man advise the woman to do ?
A. To buy a second bicycle.
B. To buy a used bicycle.
C. To buy a new bicycle.
4. When is the film ?
A. 7∶00 B. 7∶15 C. 7∶30
5. What do we learn from the conversation ?
A. They knew each other when they lived in England.
B. Both of them once lived in England.
C. The woman was a student when she lived in England.
第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面6段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各个小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至第7题。
6. How much luggage does the woman have ?
A. One camera B. Two bags C. None
7. What's the possible relation between the two speakers ?
A. Shop assistant and customer.
B. Customs officer and traveler.
C. Repairman and customer.
听第7段材料，回答第8至第9题。
8. Where is the woman interested in going ?
A. New York.
B. Boston.
C. New York and Boston.
9. What does the woman think of the first train ?
A. It will arrive too late .
B. The ticket is too expensive .
C. It will leave the next morning.
听第8段材料，回答第10至第11题。
10. Where does the conversation probably take place ?
A. In a shop. B. At a tailor's C. In a hotel.
11. What time will the man get the clothes ?
A. At 9 tomorrow morning.
B. At 9：30 tomorrow morning.
C. Before 9 o'clock tomorrow morning.
听第9段材料，回答第12至第14题。
12. What happened to the man ?
A. He found his house was broken into.
B. He locked himself out.
C. He forgot to lock the front door.
13. When did he lock all the windows ?
A. On Saturday.
B. On Friday
C. On Friday night
14. What is the woman most probably going to do ?
A. To look round.
B. To talk to others .
C. To ask more questions.
听第10段材料，回答第15至第17题。
15. Why can't the man find Susan's home ?
A. Because he hasn't been told how to get there .
B. Because he forgot to bring the map Susan gave him .
C. Because he is so forgetful that he can't remember her address.
16. Where is the bank ?
A. It is next to the bus stop.
B. It is on the corner beside the bus stop.
C. It is on the corner across the street .
17. Where is Susan's house ?
A. It is the seventh house from the corner on the man's right .
B. It is the seventeenth house from the corner on the man's left.
C. It is the seventeenth house from the corner on the man's right.
听第11段材料，回答第18至第20题。
18. How many countries did Mr Bell visit last summer ?
A. Only one B. Three C. Four
19. Why did Mr Bell feel very tired after returning home ?
A. He visited too many places in a hurry.
B. His holiday was not long enough for him to travel in Europe.
C. He was on the train or on a bus all day long during his holiday.
20. What will be a good idea to spend a two－week summer holiday ?
A. Visiting only one city by the sea with a friend .
B. Visiting only a few cities near the sea with some friends .
C. Visiting some museums and famous places in different cities .
第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分45分)
第一节 单项填空（共15小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分) (涉及高中第一册 4－6单元）
21.—Excuse me. Did you notice whether the No.108 bus had gone by?
—Not Ive been standing here.
A.as B.when C.since D.while
22.— Mr brown this week?
—No. He is on holiday.
A.Has; worked B.Does; work C.Did; work D.Is;working
23.This kind of food doesn't me.
A. agree to B. agree with C. agree on D. agree
24.This pair of shoes isn't good, but that pair is better.
A.rather B.less C.still D.hardly
25.－My watch started up just now.
－You should have it repaired it's working now.
A. as long as B. until C. however D. even though
26.I'm no painter, and to me, one painting is much like .
A. another B. the other C. others D. one
27.Pop music is loved by lots of people, but it is not to everyone's .
A. smell B. favour C. sound D. taste
28.Rita two hours every Sunday afternoon to spend with her son.
A.set out B.set away C.set aside D.set off
29.－Is he coming?
－I'm not sure. He may be late or, , he may not come at all.
A. at present B. at least C. worse still D. for a while
30.English is a language that many people around the world not speak perfectly but
at least understand.
A. may ; can B. would ; might C. will ; must D. could ; might
31.－Don't touch the button.
－Sure I'll it .
A. have ; not touched B. keep ; untouching
C. leave ; untouched D. stop ; touching
32.When I arrived at the company, the manager , so we had only time for a few words.
A. just went away B. had gone away
C. was just going away D. has just gone away
33.－May I look at the menu for a little while?
－Of course, , sir.
A. don't worry B. it doesn't matter C. enjoy yourself D. take your time
34.—The English exam is not difficult, is it?
— . Even Tom to the top students failed in it.
A.yes; belonged B.No; belonged C.Yes; belonging D.No; belonging
35.—What is the man, do you know?
—I don't know exactly. But I think he can be but a teacher.
A.anybody B.something C.anything D.everybody
第二节:完型填空(共20小题,每小题1.5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从36-55题所给的四个选项中，选出最佳选项.
After graduation from Harvard Medical School, Dr. William Thomas never thought he'd work in a nursing home. Then, 36 , he became a medical director of a nursing home in New York, and his ideas began to 37 . For the first time in my career, I was 38 for the answer to the question, What does it mean to 39 another person?
40 that the biggest trouble facing nursing-home residents (居住者) are helplessness, 41 and boredom, he arranged laughter, usefulness and love as 42 .
43 Thomas calls it, he began the "Edenization" of the nursing home in 1992. At last he founded the Eden Alternative.
Lazy moments and loud television programmes were 44 with lovely children, playful pets, 45 plants and music in the lobby. These living things are 46 into life. Residents are 47
to tend the animals, water the plants, weed outdoor gardens and do crarts with the children.
The Eden Altemative changed the 48 of the residents at this 80-bed nursing home. In a three-day study, the nursing home was 49 with a nursing home of equal size. The Eden Alternative had 26 percent less nurse-aide turnover, 15 percent 50 resident deaths and 38 percent lower medication costs.
In 1995 Dr. Thomas 51 his full time to the promotion of the Eden Alternative. More than 200 nursing homes throughout the country have 52 the Edenization process. Thomas receives queries（质疑）from as 53 away as Turkey, Japan, Brazil and the Netherlands. He hopes that his idea of filling " 54 " into nursing homes and inviting the community in will help to "break conventional practice in long term 55 ."
36.A.unexpectedly B.surprisingly C.unhappily D.suddenly
37.A.wonder B.struggle C.shake D.change
38.A.asking B.answering C.caring D.searching
39.A.make B.visit C.tend D.care
40.A.Recognizing B.Hoping C.Regarding D.Including
41.A.loneliness B.poverty C.timelessness D.excitement
42.A.food B.reference C.treatment D.introduction
43.A.When B.As C.Unless D.since
44.A.went B.replaced C.began D.met
45.A.man-made B.plastic C.alive D.live
46.A.changed B.mixed C.divided D.made
47.A.got B.helped C.encouraged D.required
48.A.lives B.habits C.customs D.methods
49.A.compared B.covered C.dealt D.equipped
50.A.more B.less C.worse D.fewer
51.A.sent B.led C.devoted D.used
52.A.begun B.developed C.prevented D.invented
53.A.long B.much C.far D.soon
54.A.homeness B.homelessness C.plants D.pets
55.A.relation B.education C.match D.care
第三部分:阅读理解(共20小题,每小题2分,满分40分)
阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中,选出最佳选项.
A
Dear Jane, Barbara and Roger,
As you know, we've been looking for a new house for some time.Now that all our children have left home, we find that the house is too big for us. Also, since your father retired, there has been no reason for us to stay in this district. Although we like our neighbors, we've decided to move south for two reasons. First, the weather will suit us better, and second, we'll be a little nearer to your Uncle George and Auntie Hilda. It will make visiting each other much simpler.
We stayed with your Uncle and Aunt last weekend and saw several houses. One of them sounded as if it were just what we wanted. The right number of rooms, a small garden, etc. When we saw it, we nearly died! It was in a terrible condition and would have cost a fortune to make habitable. The roof and all the walls needed repairing and the whole inside redecorating. After that, we were very careful about believing details from the estate（房地产）agent. The next two that we saw were not much better, but the fourth house was exactly what we wanted. It was empty, so we're going to move in immediately. We gave details of our house to the estate agent only last week, but its already been sold. We'll put all your things in boxes and take them with us. Youll have to sort them out, throwing away what you don't want.
Can you all come next weekend? You can have a nice rest in the country. Telephone on Wednesday at the new number to let us know.
Lots of love,
Mum and Dad
P.S. Bring some old clothes, because between the rests, you'll be sorting out your belongings and digging the garden!
56.What is implied in the sentence "When we saw it, we nearly died!"?
A.We were so excited because the house was exactly what we wanted.
B.The house was in such an unexpected poor condition that we were greatly disappointed.
C.We were puzzled when we saw the house.
D.We were so tired since we had been to several houses.
57.We understand from the passage that the estate agent .
A.overstated the exact condition of the house
B.did not have enough houses for them to choose from
C.talked them into buying a house in poor condition
D.could not understand their needs
58.The children were not supposed to .
A.help their parents move house B.bring some old clothes
C.sort out their belongings D.work in the garden
59.Which of the following is not a purpose in writing this letter?
A.Explaining to the children the reason for moving house?
B.Informing the children that they will move to a new house.
C.Inviting the children to visit the new house.
D.Expressing their regret for not being with their children.
B
Advertisement
Now available at Frandlin park one block from Indiana University. New unfurnished apartments. One bedroom at ＄135, two bedrooms at ＄155, three bedrooms at ＄170 per month. Utilities included except electricity. Children, and pets welcome. One months deposit required. Office open Monday through Saturday nine to five. Call 999-7415 for an evening or Sunday appointment.
60.According to this ad, if two people rent an apartment together, they would pay a deposit of .
A.＄270 B.＄170 C.＄155 D.＄135
61.From this ad we can assume that .
A.the apartments are far from Indiana University
B.the apartments have furniture in them
C.gas and water bills are included in the rent
D.cats and dogs not permitted in the apartments
62.The ad implies that interested persons must .
A.see the apartments on Monday or Saturday
B.call for an appointment if they want to see the apartments from nine to five Monday through Saturday
C.call for an appointment if they want to see the apartments on Sunday or in the evening
D.see the apartments before five oclock any day
C A Tight Situation
Sometimes funny memories are the most special way to remember a beloved lover. It helps take away some of the feeling of loss. Before he passed away, my husband loved to share this story with our friends. Now, it makes a smile to share this story with you.
Our neighbor's son was getting married in 1971 at a church, and we were invited. We immediately rushed out of the store, and I bought a nice pink dress with a jacket. The dress was a little tight, but I had a month before the June 30 wedding and I would lose a few pounds.
June 29 came and, of course, I had not lost a single pound; in fact, I had gained two. But, I thought a new girdle（收腹健美裤）would solve my problem. So on our way to the wedding, we stopped once again at the store. I ran in and told the clerk I needed a size large girdle.
The clerk round the box with the described girdle, marked "L", and asked if I would like to try it on. "Oh, no, large will fit just right. I won't need to try it on."
The next morning was hot, so I waited to get dressed until about forty-five minutes before time to go. I opened the girdle box only to find a new ＄49.95 girdle in a size small. Since it was too late to find another one and the dress wouldn't fit right without a girdle, a fight broke out between me and the girdle. Have you ever tried to shake twenty pounds of potatoes into a five-pound bag? Finally, my husband, laughing like crazy, got hold of each side and shook me down into it, and I was ready to go.
As we walked into the church, he asked if I could make it. Now, he was getting worried because I was breathing funny. I told him that it would last one hour, twenty-two minutes and eight-and-one-half seconds--the minister blessed everything except my girdle!
My knees were blue and my legs lost all the feeling. My husband was asking questions and trying to com-fort me.
As soon as the minister pronounced them married, I rushed out with my husband. "Please, just get me out of here! "I said.
We ran out to our car, and once there he opened the front and back passenger doors against the next car. Right there, before God, human and the wedding party, I took off that girdle. When the girdle flew out of my hand and landed under the car next to ours, my husband was laughing so hard and we drove away.
Over the years, he and I had often wondered what the people of that church thought the next morning when they found ＄49.95, size small girdle in their parking lot.
63.When she was telling the story, she .
A.was sorry for her husbands death
B.was happy to share her funny memories
C.was wondering who had picked up the girdle
D.still couldn't forget the trouble on that day
64.She still bought the tight pink dress, because she thought .
A.she would save some money B.she would gain a few pounds
C.she would lose some weight D.she looked thinner in the dress
65.Which statement is true according to the story?
A.She changed the girdle for a larger size.
B.They tried hard to pour lots of potatoes into a small bag.
C.She put on the dress without the girdle in the end.
D.She managed to put on the girdle with her husband's help.
66.The title A Tight Situation really means .
A.she was dressed in a tight girdle B.she dressed herself in a limited time
C.she got herself embarrassed D.the wedding lasted longer than she expected
67.The writer's purpose of writing this story is .
A.to tell an interesting experience B.to prove her husband's love
C.to describe her tight girdle D.to describe her unspeakable feeling
D
When we think about people who are leaders, we often get a mental picture of someone who is older, smarter, and wiser than ourselves. Studies of leadership, though, have usually found that there is almost no relationship between skill as a leader and traditional measures of intelligence.
Some recent research by psychologist Red Fiedle and his colleagues suggests that both intelligence and experience may be important--but just now how important depends upon how stressful the work situation is and what kind of task is to be accomplished. The researchers obtained measures of intelligence, experience, performance, and stress.
Overall, these variables did not relate to one another. Men with high and low intelligence were equally likely to give good performance, as were men with more and less experience, or more and less stress with their bosses. However, when you look separately at those men who have high stress with their bosses, the picture changes.
In high stress situations, there was no association between intelligence and performance, but there was between experience and performance. In other words, in difficult situations, it was helpful "to know the ropes". In low stress situations, the findings were just the opposite. Experience was not related to good performance, but intelligence was. That is, when things are going well, intelligence is very useful in leadership.
A study of fire fighters performance under high and low stress conditions also found the experienced officers performed best under situations of stress. None of this is really very surprising. If you have ever had a supervisory job, you probably found that at least as much energy went into handling (管理)people as went into handling the job itself. Tests of intelligence--at least the ones we have now--do not predict success in handling people.
68.What kind of people can do the best job in stress situation?
A.intelligent people B.experienced people C.calm people D.skilled people
69.In the second sentence of the last paragraph , "a supervisory job" refers to .
A.a management job B.an advisory job C.a teaching job D.an organizing job
70.Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A.In stress situations, there are no association between experience and performance.
B.Some recent research suggests that most leaders are lack of intelligence.
C.In low stress situations, intelligence plays an important role in leadership.
D.Generally speaking leaders are likely to be cleverer than ordinary people.
71.In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, "to know the ropes"most probably means .
A.to understand the situation B.to control the situation
C.to get rid of the situation D.to make sure what to do about the situation
E
"Life is speeding up. Everyone is getting unwell."
This may sound like something someone would say today. But in fact, an unknown citizen who lived in Rome in AD 52 wrote it.
We all love new inventions. They are exciting, amazing and can even change our lives.
But have all these developments really improve the quality of our lives?
Picture this: You're rushing to finish your homework on the computer. Your mobile phone rings, a message from your friend appears on the screen, the noise from the television is getting louder and louder. Suddenly the computer goes blank and you lose all your work. Now you have to stay up all night to get it done. How calm and happy do you feel?
Inventions have speeded up our lives so much that they often leave us feeling stressed and tired. Why do you think people who live far away from noisy cities, who have not telephones, no cars, not even any electricity often seem to be happier? Perhaps because they lead simpler lives.
One family in the UK went "back in time" to see what life was like without all the inventions we have today. The grandparents, with their daughter, and grandsons Benjamin, 10, and Tomas, 7, spent nine weeks in a 1940s house. They had no washing machine, microwave, computer or mobile phones.
The grandmother, Lyn, said, "It was hard physically, but not mentally." She believed life was less materialistic. "The more things you have, the more difficult life becomes," She said. The boys said they fought less to fight over, such as their computer. Benjamin also noticed that his grandmother had changed from being a "trendy (时髦的), beer-drinking granny, to one who cooked things."
Here are some simple ways to beat the stress often caused by our inventions!
Don't be available all the time, Turn off your mobile phone at certain times of the day. Don't check your e-mail every day.
Don't reply to somebody as soon as they leave a text message just because you can. It may be fun at first, but it soon gets annoying.
72.The passage is mainly about .
A.problem with technology
B.improvements of our life with technology
C.the important roles technology plays in our everyday life
D.major changes which will be likely to happen to technology
73.The writer quoted(引用) what a citizen in ancient Rome said at the beginning of the story in order
to .
A.share a truth about life
B.tell us what life was like long time ago
C.make us wonder what causes such a thing to happen
D.point out that you experience some big problems and they may be the same
74.Why did the family choose to spend some time in a 1940s house? Because .
A.they liked to live simple lives
B.they were curious about how people lived without modern inventions
C.they were troubled by modern inventions
D.living in a different time would be a lot of fun for them
75.What do you think the underlined word "available?in the 1st suggestion offered by the writer mean?
A.Busy on line B.Free. C.Be able to D.Be found by others.
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节：短文改错（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）
I've been to China for two years. My friends in 76.
England sometimes write to me, ask me how long I'll 77.
stay here, and when I'm thinking up returning home. 78.
The answer of their questions is simple: I do not 79.
know when I return home. At the moment, I 80.
have no reason to return back to England. I like living in 81.
China; I enjoy meeting Chinese people and travel 82.
around country. My work is very interesting, 83.
and there are so many things I don't know about 84.
China that I hope to discover it in the future. 85.
第二节：书面表达（满分25分）
根据下图提示写一篇约为120字的短文。要求文章包括下图的全部信息，语言过渡自然。
3ASEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(三)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.What will the two speakers do first?
A. Search for the new tie. B. Fix the shelf. C. Paint the shelf.
2.What can we learn from the conversation?
A. The man can't drive well. B. The car has broken down.C. They are on the wrong way.
3.When does the conversation take place?
A. On Friday. B. On Saturday. C. On Sunday.
4.What's the relationship between the two speakers?
A. Doctor and patient. B. Husband and wife. C. Teacher and student.
5.What does the man think about the price of the car?
A. Reasonable. B. Too high. C. Unbelievable.
第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面6段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各个小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段地话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
6. Who is the woman?
A. A manager. B. A secretary. C. A housewife.
7. Which phone number should the man dial?
A. B. . C. .
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
8. What were they mainly talking about?
A. Mike was knocked down in the street
B. Mike got injured in a match.
C. Mike had to stay in hospital.
9. Who told the woman about Mike's stay in hospital?
A. Tom. B. Bob. C. The doctor.
听第8段材料，回答第10至11题。
10. Where does the conversation take place?
A. In the street. B. At a hotel. C. On a train.
11. What can we infer from the conversation?
A. The man is quite rude. B. The woman is a thief. C. They are helping each other.
听第9段材料，回答第12至14题。
12. What does the man do in the holidays?
A. Stay with his parents. B. Have a further education. C. Take a part-time job.
13. What can be learned about the woman?
A. Her parents are rich. B. She is a top student. C. Her flat is free.
14. Why does the man live in a flat with two other boys?
A. It is cheap. B. It is large. C. It is quiet.
听第10段材料，回答第15至17题。
15. When will Hank visit Lisa?
A. After finishing the report. B. After getting some food. C. After having a meeting.
16. What will take place at Bill's house tomorrow?
A. A party. B. A game. C. A dance.
17. Why is Hank going to Lisa's house?
A. To attend a dance. B. To get some food C. To see sick Lisa.
听第11段材料，回答第18至20题。
18. Why did the man go to the bank?
A. He had to pay the fine there.
B. He wanted to get small change.
C. He intended to call the traffic police.
19. How did the man feel about the police officer's final decision?
A. Happy. B. Sad. C.Angry.
20. What was the police officer's attitude to the letter from the man?
A. She believed the man came across many misfortunes.
B. She took pity on the unlucky man who had a bad day.
C. She felt it funny that the man made up such a story.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第一册 7－9单元）
21.— What about your history test?
—I've answered all the questions, but I'm not sure I've got them all right.
A. what B. how C. that D. why
22.You're your time trying to persuade him; he'll never join us. (NMET 95)
A. spending B. wasting C. losing D. missing
23.－Do you think I could use your computer a while, Chen Hua?
－ .
A. Yes, you may use it B. Yes, you could
C. Yes, help yourself D. Yes, go on
24.As school－leavers, they are their future life.They will either go on with studies at
universities or start work.
A. making a discussion B. setting up
C. looking for D. making a plan for
25.Our soldiers soon the place the enemy kept as their information centre.
A. put up ; where B. cut off ; where C. took up ; which D. bring down ; which
26.—Mum, I climbed to get the Teddy Bear from the top of the shelf.
—My goodness! You yourself. You do that next time.
A. must have hurt; mustn't B. should have hurt; can't
C. may have hurt; mustn't D. might have hurt; won't be able to
27.Much to stop the price since 1990, now we don't find everything too expensive.
A. has been done ; go up B. have been done ; going up
C. has done ; going up D. has been done ; going up
28.Do you really believe that Mr White has blamed us for the accident, especially .
A. you and me B. I and you C. you and I D. you and we
29.－Could you lend me some money?
－Sorry, I haven't left myself.
A. much B. many C. little D. few
30.－What a large and bright room! Is it a classroom?
－No, It the students' reading－room.
A. refers to B. stands for C. is supposed to be D. is meant for
31.If you don't have a pen,a pencil .
A.is right B.will do C.will fit D.is fit for
32.－I thought I something burning.
－Really?
A. smelled B. was smelling C. could smell D. might smell
33.－Tom isn't so strong as he , is he?
－Yes. He is his two brothers.
A. thinks ; no stronger than B. expects ; as strong as
C. appears ; stronger than D. looks ; the strongest of
34.－Do you know when the Chinese custom from?
－It's hard to say. But its characteristics the Tang Period.
A. began; prove B. started ; show C. is ; appear D. dates ; suggest
35.－Why? Where is the key to the meeting room?
－Dear me! You it in the taxi!
A. had never left B. didn't leave C. never left D. haven't left
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
John Perry stood up and looked around again. The island had been a good place to find shells. But now how could he make the 36 move out to sea... ? If they swam out to sea he could jump in and get to shore 37 they saw him.
He saw the sharks rolling and playing. Their 38 was now gone and they were killing for fun. How could he make them move away?
He drew his knife from his belt. Sharks can 39 blood, he thought. He put the knife against his leg and cut deep into the 40 . The blood ran out and he caught it on his white shirt. When the shirt was red and wet he tied some cloth around his leg to 41 the flow of blood. He then tied a long piece of cloth to the shirt, threw it into the water and 42 it with the piece of cloth.
The sharks smelled the blood and came 43 toward the shirt. He ran down the sand reef pulling the shirt and the sharks raced after it. He was 44 them away from shore. Suddenly he dropped the cloth, turned toward the 45 and ran as fast as he could. He jumped in the water and swam.
He was halfway across 46 he turned to look back. A high bony fin (鳍) was 47 through
the water toward him. He put his face in the water and kicked and splashed himself 48 as fast as he could. The shore was near now.
He lifted his head again to 49 and he saw the shore very near. From behind he felt the water rush toward him, almost pushing him, helping him. And then a great gray body hit him and almost rolled him over in the water. He touched the shore with 50 and he pulled himself up the stones. The shark, 51 by the smell of blood and the chase (追逐), went wildly after him. Its great body crashed against 52 .
The end came quickly and the water was covered with the shark's blood. The injured shark was eaten up 53 by others as it tried to escape.
Perry slowly struggled 54 his feet.
"So," he said,"you did not get me." And he looked down at the sharks still eating 55 they weren't hungry. He climbed up the stones and walked toward the village.
36. A. boats B. sharks C. soldiers D. shells
37. A. before B. after C. until D. when
38. A. food B. hunger C. anger D. wish
39. A. fear B. taste C. drink D. smell
40. A. sand B. shark C. flesh D. meat
41. A. stop B. keep C. join D. cause
42. A. pulled B. wrapped C. connected D. caught
43. A. running B. racing C. swimming D. jumping
44. A. driving B. keeping C. preventing D. leading
45. A. sea B. shore C. island D. sand
46. A. before B. while C. unless D. when
47. A. going B. running C. cutting D. swimming
48. A. forward B. backward C. upward D. downward
49. A. cry B. breathe C. swim D. escape
50. A. his feet B. a stick C. his fingers D. the shirt
51. A. interested B. frightened C. disappointed D. excited
52. A. the shore B. Perry C. the stones D. the shells
53. A. lively B. alive C. dead D. friendly
54. A. on B. by C. to D. with
55. A. as though B. even though C. as soon as D. as long as
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
When he took office, George W. Bush, son of former president George Herbert Walker Bush, became the first son to follow his father into the White House since John Quincy Adams followed John Adams in the early 19th century.
Bush was born on July 6, 1946, in New Haven, Connecticut, the first child of George Herbert Walker Bush and Barbara Pierce Bush. Although George Herbert Walker Bush began his career in the oil industry, he finally served as a congressman (国会议员), and vice (副的) president and president of the United States.
At the age of two, Bush moved with his parents from Connecticut to Odessa, Texas, where his father took up the oil business. After a year in Texas, the family moved to California for business reasons. A year later, the family returned to Texas and settled in Midland, where Bush lived from 1950 to 1959.
In 1959, again for business reasons, the family moved to Houston, Texas. In 1961 Bush left Texas and went to Andover, Massachusetts, to attend Phillips Academy, a boarding school that his father had also attended.
At Phillips, Bush played basketball, baseball, and football. He was best known for being head cheerleader. In 1964 he enrolled at Yale University in Connecticut; his father and grandfather had also attended Yale. At Yale, Bush was considered an average student, but he was popular with his classmates.
Bush graduated from Yale with a bachelor's degree in history in 1968. Then he joined the Air National Guard and remained in the Guard until 1973. After earning his MBA from Harvard in 1975, Bush returned to Midland. Like his father, he first entered the oil industry as a "landsman".
However, Bush's oil companies never enjoyed great success. He took more interest in politics. He helped his father to become president and in 1994 he himself was elected governor of Texas.
In the summer of 1999, Bush began to run for the president of the USA and on January 20, 2001, George W. Bush, hand raised, took the oath (宣誓) of office to become the 43rd president of the US.
56.What does the writer intend to tell us in the first paragraph?
A. George W. Bush is the first son in American history to follow his father into the WhiteHouse.
B. George W. Bush is the first son of former president George Herbert Walker Bush.
C. John Quincy Adams and his father were both former American presidents.
D. George W. Bush is the second one in American history to follow his father into the White House.
57.We may learn from the text that young Bush .
A. got on very well at the universities
B. was very good at basketball, baseball and football
C. did everything as his father had done
D. is a very successful politician like his father
58. From the year when Bush was two to the year 1959, the Bush family moved in all.
A. three times B. four times C. five times D. six times
59. Which of the following is NOT true about George W. Bush?
A. Young Bush lived with his family in Texas from 1948 to 1961.
B. He once studied at a university that his father and grandfather had also attended.
C. He once ruled over an American state before he entered the White House.
D. He once served at the Air National Guard for about five years.
60."The Bay Motel" is most probably .
A. a hotel specially for traveling motorists
B. a traditional hotel that is near to a beautiful bay
C. a nice hotel that provides everything the customers need
D. a large hotel that provides the best service but charges the ]east
61.It can be learned from the two advertisements that .
A. aged travelers will usually choose the Welcome Inn
B. guests in the Bay Motel only pay a little for parking
C. wise travelers always put up at the Welcome Inn
D. guests in the Welcome Inn can have food or drinks in their rooms
62.The most possible reason why the Bay Motel is cheaper than the Welc9me Inn is that .
A. it has been open for only a few years B. it is not in the center of the city
C. it has a parking place D. it has more rooms
C
An old Indian story says that the game of chess(国际象棋) was invented by Sissa Ben, Prime Minister of King Shirham.As soon as the invention was finished he gave it to the king, who was glad and asked him what he would like to have in return. To the king's surprise, what Sissa wanted seemed very little. "Your Majesty, "said the minister, kneeling in front of the king."I want nothing but some wheat.Please put a grain of wheat on the first square of the chessboard(棋盘), two on the second, four on the third, eight on the fourth…and so on, doubling the number for each following square, give me enough grains to cover the 64 squares of the chessboard."
"You don't ask for much, my honest servant.You might have asked for gold or money, "said the king and then ordered a bag of wheat brought to the palace.
But when the counting began, with one grain for the first square, two for the second, four for the third, and so on, the bag was emptied before the 20th square.More bags were brought, but the number of grain needed for the following squares increased so rapidly that the king soon realized that he was not able to keep his promise even with all the crops in the whole India! In fact, he would have needed 8,466, 744,073, 709, 511, 615 grains, which would be as much as that they would produce in about 2, 000 years!
Now the king found himself deep in debt to his minister. He had either to face the terrible trouble all his life or to cut off Sissa's head, which, it is said, he finally chose.
63.This story tells us_________.
A.how cruel the king was B.how clever the minister was
C.Sissa was a famous mathematician D.how the game of chess came into being
64.The king was glad to know that Sissa only wanted some wheat because______.
A.wheat was not expensive B.it didn't seem much
C.Sissa was honest to him D.both A and B
65.A bag of wheat was enough for_________.
A.19 squares B.one third of the squares
C.the first 19 squares D.20 squares
66.The following pictures show a part of the chessboard. Which one can correctly show the way in
which Sissa had the grains of wheat put on it?
D
London Thursday July 26 (Reuters)--Ian Johnstone missed his girlfriend so much that he flew back to Britain from Australia to propose to her. The problem is that she flew in the opposite direction.
He and Amy Dolby even managed to miss each other when they sat in the same airport waiting-room in Singapore at the same time to wait for connecting flights.
Dolby, heartbroken when she arrived at Johnstone's Sydney apartment to find he had flown to London, told the Times: "It was as though someone was playing a cruel joke on us. He is the most romantic person I have ever known. I think our problem is that we are both quite impulsive (冲动的) people. We are always trying to surprise each other."
After an l l,000-mile flight across the globe, she was greeted by Johnstone's astonished flat mate asking what she was doing there.
"The terrible truth dawned when I found that Ian's rucksack and most of his clothes were missing. I sat on the end of his bed and cried my eyes out. And that really annoyed me." She said.
Johnstone, a 27-year-old bricklayer, had taken a year off to travel round Australia. But he was missing Dolby, a 26-year-old secretary, so much he got a job on a Sydney building site and started saving for a surprise.
He then flew home to Britain and went to her apartment armed with an engagement ring, champagne and flowers.
"I really missed Amy and I'd been thinking about her all the time. I thought she was winding me up when she phoned me from Australia," he said.
Johnstone then asked Dolby to marry him on the phone. "1 didn't know whether to laugh or cry but I accepted," she said.
Dolby was given a short tour of Sydney by Johnstone's friends and Johnstone had to stay in Britain for two weeks because he could not change his ticket.
67.It can be learned from the text that .
A. Johnstone got a job in Sydney so that he could start saving money for a surprise to Dolby
B. Dolby was heartbroken because someone was playing a cruel joke on her
C. Dolby was greeted by Johnstone's flat mate at the airport
D. Dolby was not so impulsive as Johnstone
68.According to the text, it seemed that .
A. Johnstone and Dolby could have seen each other in the same airport waiting-room in Singapore B. the couple pretended not to see each other in the same airport waiting-room in Singapore
C. the young lovestruck couple had both intended to propose to each other
D. Dolby stayed longer in Sydney than Johnstone stayed in Britain
69.When Johnstone asked her to marry him on the phone, Dotby didn't know whether to laugh or
cry because she had a mixed feeling of .
A. love, hatred and nervousness B. excitement, anger and shyness
C. cheer, regret and annoyance D. happiness, surprise and sadness
70.Which of the following shows the right order of what happened in the story?
a. Johnstone flew back to Britain to propose to his girlfriend, Amy Dolby.
b. Johnstone started working at a Sydney building site.
c. Johnstone went to Amy's apartment in Britain with an engagement ring.
d. Johnstone proposed to Dolby over the phone.
e. They were waiting for their connecting flight in the airport lounge in Singapore.
f. Dolby called Johnstone from Australia.
A. b-a-d-e-c-f B. c-a-b-e-f-d C. b-a-e-c-f-d D. b-a-f-e-c-d
E
The group of tourists walking through Stockholm's old street never knew what hit them. As they admired Swedish art works in a storefront window, one of their mobile phones chirped(唧唧叫) with an anonymous (匿名的) note: "Try the blue sweaters. They keep you warm in the winter."
The tourist had just been "bluejacked" secretly sent a text message using short-range wireless technology called Bluetooth.
The more people get Bluetooth-enabled mobile phones both sender and receiver need them for this to work the more there is likely to be mischievous (恶作剧的) messaging.
Websites are already offering tips on bluejacking, and collections of astonished reactions quickly turn up on the Internet. One site, www.bluejacked.com, was set up by a British teenager.
"I bluejacked three or four people," says 13-year-old Ellie in UK, who runs the site and makes bluejacking a daily affair. Bluetooth has a range of about nine metres. Ellie used it to send a note to a man in a cafe asking how his coffee was and saying that she liked his wife's giasses.
Ellie says he looked here and there to try to figure out where the message came from, even sending text messages back and forth with his wife, but to no avail.
Bluetooth is fast becoming more common on new mobile phones, though Forrester Research says at present only 9 per cent of phones in Europe have such a function.
The technology is handy for people wanting to use wireless headsets with their phones or for sending data by phone to Bluetooth-enabled printers.
When Bluetooth is activated (激活), it seeks out other equipped mobile phones by itself and sets up a link. Bluetooth phones can be set to block anonymous messaging, but people who carry them don't necessarily know that.
71.What is mainly discussed in the text?
A. The meaning of the word "bluejack". B. The technology called Bluetooth.
C. Anonymous messages. D. Tips on bluejacking.
72.When a tourist was "bluejacked", he or she might .
A. receive an anonymous and often mischievous message
B. send others a text message using short-range wireless technology called Bluetooth
C. be persuaded to buy a blue sweater
D. get a Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone
73.We may learn from the text that .
A. with Bluetooth-enabled mobile phones people can send anonymous notes to friends far away
B. 13-year-old Ellie makes bluejacking to earn some money by advertising
C. not many people in Europe now carry Bluetooth mobile phones
D. It's not easy for activated Bluetooth to set up a link with other equipped mobile phones
74.What does the underlined phrase "to no avail" (paragraph 6) probably mean?
A. Without a reply. B. Of no use. C. No problem. D. No signal.
75.People often receive anonymous messages though they don't want to because .
A. many of them probably don't know how to block such messages
B. it's not necessary for people to know how to block such messages
C. their phones are not able to block anonymous messaging
D. it's just impossible for people to reject any messages
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
Dear friends,
Thank you so much for inviting me to stay with 76.
you while I am in the UK . I will always remember 77.
your kindness. It was great for me to final use 78.
English in the real world. I was also glad for that 79.
I could experience a different climate, so I was 80.
really unprepared for cold of the English winter! 81.
If I had to do all again, I would certainly try to 82.
find out as many as I could about the weather of 83.
a country after going to study there next time! 84.
Thanks again for everything. I do have a great time. 85.
Kind regards,
Li Ming
第二节书面表达(25分)
假设你是某中学生英文报的小记者，对中学生课外上网的利弊进行调查采访。以下是学生们对上网的看法。请你根据他们的观点写一篇简要的调查报告，并呼吁正确使用互联网。
注意：
1、文章的开头已为你写好。
2、词数：100左右。
3、参考词汇：上网浏览一serf the Internet
With the development of computer technology, the Internet has become more and more
popular..
NO:4 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(四)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节 (共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分)
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. What has happened to the man?
A. He's broken his arm.
B. He's hurt his arm.
C. He's hurt himself.
2. Which of the following is TRUE according to the dialogue?
A. The man wants to go to the post office.
B. The man is going to his office.
C. The woman doesn't know how to go to the post office.
3. What is the name of the male speaker?
A. Wang Ming. B. Dong Jin. C. Not Known.
4. What's the matter of the girls?
A. Her eyesight is worsening.
B. She has broken her glasses.
C. Her eyes are hurt.
5. What did the man mean?
A. He could lend her an extra pen.
B. He had lost her pen.
C. He could offer her a pencil.
第二节（共 15 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题 5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第六段材料，回答第 6、7 题。
6. How long has the man stayed in Qingdao?
A. One week.
B. Two weeks.
C. About two weeks.
7. What does the man think of Qingdao?
A. Just so so.
B. A good place.
C. Nothing to say.
听第七段材料，回答第 8 至 10 题。
8. Why did the speaker go to the airport this morning?
A. To see off Mr. Smith.
B. To meet Mr. Smith.
C. To meet a lady.
9. What can we conclude about the woman professor?
A. She is forgetful.
B. She is too old.
C. She is warm-hearted.
10. Who do you think the voice came from?
A. A neighbour. B. The professor. C. Mr. Smith.
听第八段材料，回答第 11 至 13 题。
11. Where do the two speakers work?
A. In a plant in Chicago.
B. In a large company.
C. In an office in Atlanta.
12. Who has risen to a high position?
A. Jim. B. Marta. C. Both Jim and Marta.
13. Why does the woman want to go on with her work in the office?
A. She is fond of writing notices.
B. She is still new in her position.
C. She hopes to keep in close touch with her superiors (上司).
听第九段材料，回答第 14 至 16 题。
14. Where is the man going?
A. To the station.
B. To Washington.
C. To America.
15. Where do you think they are having dialogues?
A. At the ticket office.
B. At the waiting room.
C. At the inquiry desk (问询处).
16. How long will the man have to wait?
A. About half an hour. B. 5 minutes. C. 25 minutes.
听第十段独白，回答第 17 至 20 题。
17. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The frightening situation in the world.
B. The growth and progress in the world.
C. The thing that human being should do.
18. What do many countries do to change the world?
A. They spend billions of dollars studying the world.
B. They do something new to protect the nature.
C. They develop new ways of making things.
19. What do people do so much to the earth for?
A. To make the world a better place to live in.
B. Not to do harm to the world.
C. To kill some dangerous animals.
20. What world will become if theycontinue what they are doing?
A. The world will become better.
B. The whole world will be harmed.
C. Some countries will meet lots of problems.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节：单项填空（共15小题，满分15分）（涉及高中第一册10－12单元）
21.－May I go now?
－ you've finished your work, you may go.
A. After B. Although C. Now that D. As soon as
22.I can some noise while I'm studying, but I can't stand very loud noise.
A. put up with B. get rid of
C. have effects on D. keep away from
23.Reading is to Tom football to other boys.
A. that B. which C. as if D. as
24.He is very tired working all day. Don't him waiting outside in the rain any longer.
A. continue B. leave C. make D. remain
25.If you can talk the young man learning the computer, he do better in his job.
A. of; would B. into ; shall C. about; will D. on; should
26.－Ann has , you can't trust her with any secrets.
－Really? Then I will be more careful next time.
A. quick mouth B. big mouth C. a poor mouth D. a big mouth
27.－I'd like information about the management of your hotel, please.
－Well, you could have word with the manager. He might be helpful. (NMET95)
A. some ; a B. an ; some C. some ; some D. an ; a
28. This time I him, but in fact I don't at all.
A. believe in ; believe B. believe ; believe in him
C. believe ; believe D. believe in ; believe in him
29. One can neither understand anything nor any part in one's society without a knowledge of
one's native language .
A. make B. take C. put D. got
30.Instead of those people who are trouble,he always comes to help them.
A. saving ; in B. picking up ; taking C. making fun of ; in D. make fun of ; making
31 －Well, where will we meet, Mick?
－Why not me at my house?
A. see ; off B. pick ; up C. ring ; up D. wake ; up
32－I didn't do well in the exam; how about you?
－I did you.
A. as well as B. no better than C. no more than D. the same like
33. －I regret to tell you that I'm leaving here tomorrow.
－ ? But you promised to stay with me.
A. Are you sure B. Leave here C. Leaving here D. Pardon
34.The new suit interested me much but the seller too much for it.
A. paid B. charged C. offered D. sold
35. The____________house smells as if it hasn't been lived in for years.
A. little white wooden B. little wooden white
C. white wooden little D. wooden white little
第二节：完型填空（共20小题，每小题1.5分，满分30分）
One evening, sitting at the window sewing, my mother called me, "Come here, "she said." 36 "
She held my head against her 37 , and after a puzzled moment I felt a 38 foot drumming on my cheek. "You see ? "she said, "It's alive. You can 39 it, cant you? "I accepted it, as I accepted everything, without 40 . It was as good a place for the baby to be as any other and I never 41 about why it got in nor how it would finally get out.
A baby would come? I 42 noticed. That there were soon to be 43 of us would not make any difference to me. I had my place, star-like in my small universe. 44 , certainly not a baby, could 45 that.
I was 46 , however. I soon found that things had 47 a great deal. I had never been the 48 . Now I was no longer the youngest. I was simply the one in the 49 .My sister had certain 50 because she was the oldest, and my brother was the baby, the son, the much 51 boy. More than that, he had all sorts of things that never came to me.
As he grew, it became 52 that my brother had been the centre of everything. People smiled when they saw him. He made them happy 53 by being there. And he had the sort of childish beauty that always turns heads and draws a second 54 . He was so charming that he was immediately loveable. Later he also turned out to be 55 , although perhaps not quite as clever as I was.
36. A. Look B. See C. Listen D. Stop
37. A. stomach B. back C. side D. shoulder
38. A. strong B. hard C. soft D. tiny
39. A. believe B. feel C. notice D. touch
40. A. surprise B. delay C. trouble D. effort
41. A. worried B. argued C. regretted D. doubted
42. A. hardly B. certainly C. possibly D. willingly
43. A. two B. three C. four D. five
44. A. Anything B. Something C. Nothing D. Everything
45. A. improve B. threaten C. compare D. prevent
46. A. curious B. careless C. wrong D. anxious
47. A. improved B. changed C. increased D. disturbed
48. A. oldest B. youngest C. cleverest D. dearest
49. A. family B. house C. middle D. trouble
50. A. manners B. knowledge C. opinions D. rights
51. A. admired B. blamed C. favored D. loved
52. A. strange B. obvious C. serious D. special
53. A. usually B. curiously C. gradually D. simply
54. A. look B. smile C. care D. comfort
55. A. ordinary B. perfect C. clever D. similar
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题，每小题2分，满分40分）
A
The next time you try for a high-ranking post, you could let your possible boss listen to a recommending （推荐）phone call " made"by US President George W. Bush or British Prime Minister Tony Blair.
Of course, neither of them could really do that for you－you would just "borrow "their voices.
AT & T labs will start selling speech software that, it says, is so good at reproducing the sounds of a human voice that it can recreate voices and even bring the voices of long－dead famous people back to life.
The software, which turns printed text into speech, makes it possible for a company to use recordings of a persons voice to say things that the person never actually said.
Possible customers for the software, which is priced at the thousands of dollars, include telephone call centers, companies that make software that reads digital files aloud, and makers of automated voice devices. The advances raise several problems. Who, for example, owns the rights to a famous persons voice? （Some experts even believe that new contracts will be drawn that include voice-licensing clauses. ）
And although scientists say the technology is not yet good enough to commit fraud（假冒）,would the synthesized（合成的）voices at last be able to trick people into thinking that they were getting phone calls or digital audio recordings from people they knew?
Even Mr Fruchterman, one of AT & T lab's possible first customers, said he wondered what the new technology might bring. "Just like you can't trust a photograph any more, "he said, "you won't be able to trust a voice either. "
56.With the help of the speech software, it is most possible .
A. to improve a famous persons speech
B. to say what you want in another's voice
C. to make a speech much more easily
D. to help you to find a better job
57.If the speech software is widely used, .
A. people would no longer believe each other
B. it would not be necessary to go for a speech by a famous person
C. no radio or TV broadcasters would be needed
D. recording a voice alone would not be taken as a proof in the court
58.According to the passage, you can infer that .
A. the software will turn out to be an immediate success in the market
B. the government will forbid the sale of the software in the market
C. it's hard to decide whether the software will enjoy popularity
D. the software will soon prove to be nothing but rubbish
59.The passage mainly wants to .
A. introduce a new software
B. explain the disadvantage of a new invention
C. advertise a new kind of produce
D. describe the future market of a new produce
B
Millions of women use cosmetics, often called 'make-up'. The cosmetics industry is one of the biggest in the world. Most large stores sell cosmetics, and there are always shops at airports selling them cheaply.
The word 'cosmetics' refers to anything that people put on their faces to make them look better. Lipstick, face powder and cream, and eye make-up are the most popular. Although more women than men use cosmetics, there are cosmetics for men as well as women.
Some people even have cosmetic surgery to make their faces look different. They have the shape of their noses and eyes changed.
The most widely used cosmetic is probably lipstick, as many women who do not wear any other make-up will often put on a little lipstick.
Lipstick is made by mixing together different oils and colors. This mixture is then allowed to get hard and is cut into the shape of a small pencil. When a woman presses the lipstick to her lips, the end of it becomes soft, and some of it sticks to her lips, giving them extra color.
Cosmetics were probably first used in India, but it was the Egyptians, six thousand years ago, who made the most use of them. Rich Egyptian women painted their eyes green and black. They used a red color to paint pretty designs on their fingernails, the palms of their hands and the soles of their feet. Pictures of Cleopatra always show her wearing a lot of make-up.
The Romans also used cosmetics. They liked to make their skin very white and to paint their eyes. They also used a kind of lipstick.
In England at one time, very rich women had baths in milk to make their skin beautiful. They also used a lot of sweet-smelling powder to stop people smelling their bodies, which were often very dirty because they did not wash very often or change their clothes.
At one time, some cosmetics were not safe. They were bad for the skin, and some of the lipsticks and powders that people used were even poisonous. Nowadays, people in the cosmetics industry take great care to make sure that everything they use is completely safe.
60.People use cosmetics .
A. only at airports B. to color their feet
C. to make themselves look better D. instead of surgery
61.'Cosmetics' refers to .
A. lipstick B. make-up C. creams D. surgery
62.In earlier times, cosmetics were .
A. never used in milk baths B. never used on the eyes
C. never used on the skin D. sometimes harmful to the skin
C
Have you ever noticed, when looking at a map of the world, that the east coast of South America and the west coast of Africa look as though they might fit together? If you have, you are not alone. In 1965 the English scientist Sir Edward Bullard used a computer to test the fit of the two continents and found that at an ocean depth of 2000 meters the match was very close indeed.
It seems too remarkable to be possible, but there is a lot of evidence to suggest that Africa was once joined to South America. For example, there is a belt of ancient rocks along the east of Brazil which corresponds with the rocks across the South Atlantic in West Africa.
There is further evidence that existing land masses were once linked. The remains of a 400-to-500-million-year-old mountain chain has been found running down the eastern part of Greenland, western Scandinavia, and through north-west Scotland and Ireland, into western Canada, eventually finding their way to north-west Africa.
Then there is the evidence from life itself. In various parts of the world today the same animals and plants can be found on land masses separated by, in some cases, thousands of miles of oceans. Did they evolve（进化）at the same time in two different places? It seems unlikely. Biologists believe that there must have been land bridges which have now sunk beneath the sea. Also fossils found in sedimentary rocks（fossils are the preserved remains of life forms）have allowed geologists to trace the same plants from South America, and Antarctica in rocks perhaps 300 million years old.
The ice that is now confined to the polar regions has always been so limited in extent. Indeed, during a period of the Earth's history known as the permocarboniferous（二叠石灰纪）age about 250-350 million years ago there is evidence from the rocks that there were glaciers covering South America, parts of Africa, and India Australia. On the other hand, in the northern hemisphere（北半球）there were deserts. If the continents were distributed（分布）as they are today, it is hard to understand how this could be.
So there is considerable evidence to show continents moved apart, and naturally many people have tried to discover how and why whole land masses moved.
63.According to the author's opinion, Africa and South America didn't move apart until .
A. 500 million years ago B. 350 million years ago
C. 200 million years ago D. 300 million years ago
64.The sentence "...eventually finding their way to north-west Africa" means .
A. We can find a way from the eastern part of Greenland to north-west Africa.
B. We can also find these remains in north-west Africa.
C. The mountain chain goes from the eastern part of Greenland to north-west Africa.
D. It is a long way from the eastern part of Greenland to north-west Africa.
65.The best title for this passage would be .
A. The Evidence of the Continental Drift B. The movement of the Two Continents
C. The Continental Drift D. The History of the Earth
66.Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. We can find the same animals and plants on the two continents.
B. We can find the same remains of a 400-to-500-million-year-old mountain chain.
C. There are deserts in the northern hemisphere.
D. The same animals and plants evolved at the same time in two different places.
D
Exchange a glance with someone, then look away. Do you realize that you have made a statement? Hold the glance for a second longer and you have made a different statement. Hold it for 3 seconds, and the meaning has changed again. For every social situation, there is a permissible time that you can hold a persons gaze without being intimate, rude, or aggressive. If you are on an elevator, what gaze-time are you permitted? To answer this question, consider what you typically do. You very likely give other passengers a quick glance to size them up（打量）and to assure them that you mean no threat. Since being close to another person signals the possibility of interaction, you need to send out a signal telling others you want to be left alone. So you cut off eye contacts what sociologist Erving Goffiman（1963）calls "a dimming of the lights". You look down at the floor, at the indicator lights, anywhere but into another passenger's eyes. Should you break the rule against staring at a stranger on an elevator, you will make the other person extremely uncomfortable, and you are likely to feel a bit strange yourself .
If you hold eye contacts for more than 3 seconds, what are you telling another person? Much depends on the person and the situation. For instance, a man and a woman communicate interest in this manner. They typically gaze at each other for about 3 seconds at a time, and then drop their eyes down for 3 seconds, before letting their eyes meet again. But if one man gives another man a 3-second -plus stare, he signals, "I know you". "I am interested in you."or "You look peculiar and I am curious about you. " This type of stare often produces hostile feelings.
67.It can be inferred from the first paragraph that .
A. every glance has its significance（meaning or importance）
B. staring at a person is an expression of interest
C. a gaze longer than 3 seconds is unacceptable
D. a glance carries more meaning than words
68.If you want to be left alone on an elevator the best thing to do is .
A. to look into another passenger's eyes
B. to avoid eye contacts with other passengers
C. to signal you are not a threat to anyone
D. to keep a distance from other passengers
69.By "a dimming of the lights", Erving Goffiman means .
A. closing ones eyes B. turning off the lights
C. stopping glancing at others D. reducing gaze-time to the minimum
70.The passage mainly discusses .
A. the limitations of eye contacts
B. the exchange of ideas through eye contacts
C. proper behavior in situations
D. the role of eye contacts in interpersonal communication
E
In Europe people hold the fork in the left hand and the knife in the right throughout the meal, a system that is generally agreed to be more efficient than the American zigzag （曲折的）method. Americans hold both the fork and the knife in their right hands throughout the meal, so they continually change their forks to the left hand when they have to cut their meat. It seems to be funny for the Europeans to see Americans busy changing their dinner sets, making a lot of noises. A few explanations for this American style are as follows:
（1）Americans are practical and efficient. Since most of us are right-handed, it is reasonable to keep our working tools at all times in the right hand that can use them most efficiently.
（2）Americans, the master of the New World are rebels（叛逆者）. They use the zigzag method to break the rules in the Old World and in this way they are thumbing their nose at Mother England. Americans are a restless kind. They do not like to sit in one spot for very long when dining.
（3）Forced to do so, they respond by "playing" with the silver.
Whatever the reason for the practice, it is now certainly as American as apple pie. Europeans recognize this and are quick to attack it as evidence of Americans innocence（无知）of form. Arguments against the zigzag method rest not only on grounds of efficiency but also on those of tradition. In Old World Dining, the knife is held in the right hand continually because it can serve as an instant defense against the uninvited intruders （入侵者）. However, such alertness（警觉）is out of place in the New World, as every American believes that this is the home of the brave. Americans juggle their silverware, perhaps, to show that they are not afraid and that one of them holding a fork is worth any number of them holding blades （刀）
71.Americans use to hold their fork to pick up the salad.
A. the right hand B. the left hand
C. both hands D. either of the two hands
72.As the masters of the New World, Americans use a different cutting method from that in the
Old World to .
A. show their independence of Mother England
B. show their disrespect to Mother England
C. add a new tradition to those in Mother England
D. show off their creativeness to Mother England
73.In the sentence, the word " juggle" probably means .
A. hold B. play with
C. pick up D. lay down
74.Also in the last sentence, the two "them " refer to .
A. Americans
B. Europeans
C. Americans and Europeans separately
D. Europeans and Americans separately
75.Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. European people hold the fork in the left hand and the knife in the right hand .
B. The zigzag eating method is related to American characteristics.
C. The Zigzag eating method has become an American feature.
D. European people will use the American method because of its efficiency.
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节：短文改错（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）
Decorating the Christmas tree is usually a family event.
For many families, it starts from choosing a tree from either a farm 76.
or the store. Then the tree is brought home and put into a Christmas 77.
stand that holds the tree up straightly. Then everyone helps 78.
to hang on balls and lights. After the tree is decorated, a Christmas 79.
tree skirt is rapped around the bottom of the trees. Sometimes, people 80.
make all of their decorations for the tree itself. Many people 81.
collect Christmas tree decorations throughout their liftetime, added a 82.
new decoration each year. Besides lights or balls, people may also 83.
put flowers, pine cones, strings of pop corn and garlands （花环）on the 84.
tree. There are many different ways to decorate a tree as there are people! 85.
第二节：书面表达（满分25分）
根据下面四幅图画，以第一人称写一个故事。
词汇：三包 three guarantee
注意：
（1）文章必须包括图画所含内容，可作适当调整，使其连贯、完整。
（2）字数100左右。
NO:5 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(五)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. What is the man ?
A. He is a policeman .
B.He is a taxi driver .
C.He is a postman .
2. What will the woman probably do ?
A. Lock the computer lab later .
B. Leave with the man .
C. Show the man where the lab is .
3. What's the probable relationship between the man and the woman ?
A. Doctor and patient .
B. Husband and wife .
C. Manager and customer .
4. How will the man and the woman travel ?
A. By bus . B.By airplane . C.By car .
5. When are Francie and Mike getting married ?
A. In August B.In June . C.In July .
第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒种的答题时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第六段材料，回答第6至8小题。
6. What had gone wrong in their house ?
A.Their washing machine . B.The electricity . C.The lights .
7.Which of the following is true ?
A. Mr Smith did nothing for them at all .
B. Mr Smith asked too much money from them for the work .
C. Mr Smith did help them but couldn't solve the problem completely that day .
8. Why did the man think repairing the wires was too much ?
A. Because he wanted to buy a car .
B. Because he doesn't have a car .
C. Because their car needed repairing .
听第七段材料，回答第9至11题。
9. How long have Gary and his family lived here ?
A.They have lived here for about a year .
B.They are new here .
C.They have lived here since he started school .
10.How is the life for a new child in a school ?
A.Easy . B.Interesting . C.Hard .
11.Who felt nervous that day ?
A.Gary . B.The new student . C.Gary's mother .
听第八段材料，回答第12至14小题。
12.What does Dr Wilson teach ?
A.English . B.Maths . C.Chemistry .
13.Which subject will Fred probably get an "A" in ?
A.History . B.Maths . C.Chemistry .
14.What will Dr Wilson do in order to help Fred have a good chance to get an "A" ?
A.She will give her students two more tests .
B.She will give her students two less tests .
C.She will ask her students to write a composition in English .
听第九段材料，回答第15至17小题。
15.Why does the woman repeat the man's question "What's wrong with it ?"
A.She is angry .
B.She is puzzled .
C.She is pleased .
16.Where are the man's cigarettes ?
A.On the carpet .
B.On the tree .
C.In the dustbin .
17.What does the woman think of housework ?
A.Not very important .
B.Not very easy .
C.Nothing at all .
听第十段材料，回答第18至20小题。
18.Why didn't Jane go to see the film ?
A.She had to teach .
B.She took an exam .
C.She had to prepare for an exam .
19.What did Jim find especially moving in the film ?
A.The farmers reaction （反应）to the loss of the crop .
B.The farmer's moving speech .
C.The way the farmers cried .
20. How did Jim tell Jane about the film ?
A.Telephoned her .
B.By writing a note .
C.Talked to her face to face .
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第一册 12－14单元）
21.You'll find this map of great in helping you to get round London.
A. price B. cost C. value D. usefulness
22.－Did the medicine make you feel better?
－No. The more , I feel.
A. medicine I take ; the worse B. I take medicine ; the worse
C. medicine I take ; and the worse D. I take medicine ; worse
23.－Why ask me to take that early bus?
－Because the bus the 9:30 a.m. train at Bolton.
A. is joined in B. joins up C. unites with D. connects with
24.He realized that she was crying partly as a result of her failure what he had said.
A. and also was B. and also because of
C. and was also because D. not only because of
25.Smoking is a bad habit. You must try .
A. to break away from it B. breaking it away
C. to give up it D. breaking out
26.In their hearts, some American women think it is men's business to earn money and to spend it.
A. theirs B. their C. them D. they
27.－We are supposed to set out tomorrow.
－Shall we start sometime later this week, ,Friday?
A. say B. suppose C. suggest D. think
28.He tried many times to sneak across the border to a neighbouring country, each time.
A. having been caught B. unfortunately caught
C. always being caught D. only to be caught
29.I know that Bob is not much of a football player, but when it to maths, he is among the
top three in the class.
A. refers B. goes C. comes D. concerns
30.Of all the movies He made is more memorable than "Breakfast at Tiffany's".
A. few B. little C. no one D. none
31.―Where do you I go this evening?
― I think you'd better stay at home, instead of going anywhere.
A. suppose B. suggest C. mean D. want
32. David says sounds right to Helen. That's why she has made up her mind to leave with
him happens.
A. Whatever; whatever B. No matter what; whatever
C. No matter what; no matter what D. Whatever; however
33.In the 27th Olympic Games, Liu Hongyu was supposed to win the gold medal in jogging; she
failed to, .
A. yet B. though C. although D. anyway
34.―What does the model plane look like?
―Well, the wings of the plane are of its body.
A. more than the length twice B. twice more than the length
C. more than twice the length D. more twice than the length
35.It's beyond description. Nowhere else in the world such a quiet, beautiful place.
A. can there be B. you can find C. there can be D. can find you
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
I got lots of interesting experiences in a free school. At first I couldn't believe it. There were no 36 in rows or loud - sounding bells, nor did anyone have to go to 37 .Though we lived "in", 38 made us go to bed at a certain time; there was no "light out".
The 39 thing was that practically all the students went to class, and very few people stayed up late at night. Only the new people stayed up or 40 class. The new ones always went wild 41 , but this never lasted long. The freedom took some getting used to. Our teachers treated us like 42 ; never did we have to 43 "stand up", "sit down","speak out". I don't 44 one student who didn't try his best.
The subjects were the same as these in the 45 school, but what a difference in the approach (方法) ! For example, in botany we had 46 classes in spring or fall, but instead we planted two gardens: a vegetable garden and a flower garden. Then in winter we each studied a few 47 things about what we had grown. In maths the students built three different kinds of storerooms- small ones 48 , but usable. They did this instead of having lessons in the classroom. They really had a 49 time too, designing every- thing, drawing the blueprints, figuring out the angles (角度) and so on, I didn't take 50 .But I could do the basic things with numbers. That's 51 !
52 I think I am a 53 person for having gone to the school. I can write as well as any- one else of my age, and I think better. That's probably a real big 54 between the free school and regular school- the amount of 55 .
36. A. desks B. lights C. books D. windows
37. A. home B. bed C. class D. work
38. A. teachers B. parents C. nobody D. somebody
39. A. sad B. last C. good D. strange
40. A. attended B. took C. missed D. studied
41. A. from then on B. at first C. once more D. just then
42. A. workers B. pupils C. gardeners D. grown-ups
43. A. play B. say C. study D. understand
44. A. hear from B. feel like C. think about D. know of
45. A. night B. regular C. small D. real
46. A. all B. short C. no D. indoor
47. A. wild B. successful C. usual D. particular
48. A. as well B. after a while C. of course D. as a result
49. A. funny B. great C. convenient D. thoughtful
50. A. maths B. care C. botany D. notice
51. A. uninteresting B. interesting C. enough D. dangerous
52. A. On the whole B. Once again C. Sooner or later D. After a while
53. A. careful B. better C. busier D. lovely
54. A. problem B. chance C. difference D. change
55. A. reading B. gardening C. teaching D. thinking
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
We arranged that Kissinger (基辛格) would fly to Vietnam early in July and then stop in Pakistan on the way back. There he would develop a stomachache that would require him to stay in bed and not be seen by the press. Then with President Yapha's help, he would be taken to an airport where a Pakistani jet would fly him over the mountains to China.
Kissinger's trip was given the name Polo after Marco Polo, another Western traveler who made history by journeying to China. Everything went quite smoothly. His slight illness in Islamabad received only small attention from reporters covering him. They accepted the story that he would be kept shut up for at least a few days and began making arrangements for their own activities.
Because of the need for complete secrecy and the lack of any direct communication facilities (联络设备) between Beijing and Washington, I knew that we would have no word from Kissinger while he was in China. Even after he had returned to Pakistan, it would still be important to keep it secret, so before Kissinger left, we agreed on a single code word - Eureka- which he would use if his mission (任务，使命) was successful and the presidential trip had been arranged.
On July 11, A1 Haig, who knew our code word, phoned to say that a cable (电报) from Kissinger had arrived.
"What's the message?" I asked. "Eureka," he replied.
56.Kissinger stopped in Pakistan because .
A. he had a stomachache
B. he needed President Yapha's help in carrying out a secret plan
C. he did not want to be seen by the press
D. he would like to take a Pakistani jet on his way back
57.The reporters in Islamabad believed that .
A. Marco Polo made a trip to China
B. Kissinger would make a journey to China
C. Kissinger was making arrangements for their activities
D. Kissinger was sick
58.Washington would have no word from Kissinger while he was in China, mainly because .
A. his trip must be kept secret
B. President Yapha would not fly together with Kissinger
C. Communication between China and Islamabad was impossible
D. A1 Haig would phone to the author to tell him about Kissinger's trip
59.From the passage we can infer that Kissinger's cable carrying the message "Eureka" must have
been sent .
A. before he had left Beijing
B. soon after he had returned to Pakistan from China
C. as soon as he had arrived in Washington on July 11
D. before he returned to Pakistan on July 11
B
Good evening. Chinese President Jiang Zemin and his American counterpart Bill Clinton have acknowledged their political differences, but they wrapped up their historic summit (高级会晤) emphasizing (强调) the importance of their common interest. As Mark Thun reports from Washington, the two leaders hammered out agreements on a number of issues (问题，争论点), although human rights remains a sticking point.
The two sides came to agreements over plenty of items, which could shake the world for a long time to come. The most important is probably the high- level dialogues and Consultations (磋商). The Presidents will visit each other regularly, there will be a Washington - Beijing communications link for direct contact, and there will be regular exchanges or visits by cabinet (内阁) and other officials on political and security (安全）issues. On nuclear cooperation, Mr Clinton promises the sale of nuclear technology to China for peaceful use, something not possible now with an American ban after the 1989 Tiananmen crackdown (严厉取缔). The two countries have agreed to strengthen military maritime safety (加强海军方面的安全合作). And Beijing and Washington are both working towards China's entry into the WTO, with China aiming to make substantial tariff reductions (大幅度降低关税). Taiwan is considered the most important issue, but there's little breakthrough (突破) here. The two sides agreed that there should be only one China, and that the Chinese should be allowed to resolve the problem by themselves. It's over the matter of human rights which the two countries have the most obvious differences.
The autumn air might have been chilly(寒冷的), but the welcoming ceremony for the Chinese President was anything but cold. Mr and Mrs Jiang Zemin were greeted by the American President and the First Lady. The two heads of state inspected the honour guard and national anthems were played with the twenty-one gun salute as the background. With a chime swinging leisurely only a few steps away, President Bill Clinton spoke of a better future, "Let us strengthen the bonds between us, let us pursue common causes, let us address our differences openly and with respect, let us build a better world for our children." And Mr Jiang gave a similarly optimistic reply, partly in English, "Let us, the Chinese and the Americans, join hands, and together with people around the world, work hard to bring about the new century of peace, stability and the prosperity."
60.What style is this short passage?
A. TV news broadcasting.
B. A document (文件) on state affairs.
C. A summary of Bill Clinton's speech at the welcoming ceremony for the Chinese President.
D. A newspaper report.
61."The autumn air might have been chilly, but the welcoming ceremony for the Chinese President
was anything but cold." What does the sentence mean to the reader or the listener?
A. Even though the weather was cold, all the people at the welcoming ceremony still felt fairly warm.
B. Both the autumn air and the welcoming ceremony were not a bit warm.
C. People thought it really interesting to hold the warm ceremony in the chilly autumn air.
D. People at the ceremony talked about anything but the cold weather.
62.After the meeting of the two presidents, we can hope that .
A. the two countries will together devote themselves to the study of nuclear weapons
B. Taiwan will soon come back to the embrace of its motherland
C. China will adopt the same system as that of the USA
D. the two presidents will call on each other regularly, which will make the two sides understand
each other better
63.What President Bill Clinton spoke of at the ceremony shows that .
A. he hopes for a better future for the two sides with better understanding
B. he sincerely hopes that the children in the two countries will grow well and healthily
C. he hopes that all the world will understand why the two countries have joined together
D. he thinks that only by addressing their differences openly and with respect can they build a
better world for the children
C
Four months ago Mrs B ordered a rug from a store, which promised to deliver it in about two weeks. Three weeks passed, but the rug did not arrive. When Mrs B telephoned the store to talk about it, she was told that the rug had been lost and that the store would send her another one.
Weeks later, when Mrs B telephoned again, the store told her that the second rug had been delivered and left on her front porch (门廊). She didn't believe the story, as she had been at home as usual, and her doorbell was in good working order. However, the store promised her that a third rug would be delivered within a week. It wasn't. What could she do? How could she get action?
Mrs B did what many other Americans have done - with excellent results. She wrote a letter to the news- paper in her town, explaining the problem. A few days later her letter appeared in the newspaper and this sentence was printed below it:
"The store found a way to safely deliver your rug immediately after hearing from us."
In this age of machines, it is often hard to get action from businesses that have made mistakes. An individual (个别的) person can complain, but his complaints may accomplish nothing. Luckily, newspapers now employ people to help with such problems, and the results are published in a special section of the paper.
Mrs B's letter appeared in a column called Mr FIX - IT. During the same week the following letter from Mrs J was printed in the ACTION LINE column of another newspaper.
"Many weeks ago I bought some living room furniture from the House and Garden Shop in Parkkersvile. They have set three delivery dates, and each time I had to stay home from work and wait for the truck, which never came. I have called the store at least fifteen times, and each time they said they would look for the furniture. This has been going on for two months. I guess they are still looking."
The ACTION LINE writer's reply was printed below Mrs J's letter:
"They found it. Action Line made one telephone call to the president of the company, who told us. 'the customer will get satisfaction. ' The furniture was found, and it arrived at your home yesterday."
64.It seemed that the purpose of Action Line in a newspaper was to .
A. employ people and publish their letters of complaints
B. help consumers correcting wrongs and getting problems solved
C. find what was lost by the business and delivered them to the consumers
D. make telephone calls to the consumers and business which had made mistakes
65.How long was it after Mrs B called the store again that she wrote to the local newspaper?
A. About a week. B. Three weeks. C. Two weeks. D. Four months.
66.The passage points out that in the machine age people's complaints usually .
A. bring about mistakes B. cause more serious trouble C. prove useless D. prove effective
67.The passage implies that .
A. there are too many mistakes in businesses to be corrected nowadays
B. customers can find what they have lost through the help of newspapers
C. newspapers will be the only means that can help people solve problems of all kinds
D. the influence (影响) of newspapers can sometimes solve problems when individual efforts have failed
D
The producers of instant coffee found their product strongly resisted (抵制) in the market places despite their product's obvious advantages. Furthermore, the advertising expenditure (费用) for instant coffee was far greater than that for regular coffee. Efforts were made to find the cause of the consumers' (消费者) seemingly unreasonable resistance to the product. The reason given by most people was dislike for the taste. The producers doubt that there might be deeper reasons, however. This was confirmed (证实，确信) by one of motivation research's classic studies, one often cited (引用) in the trade. Mason Haire of the University of California constructed two shopping lists that were identical except for one item. There were six items common to both lists: hamburger, carrots, bread, baking powder, canned peaches, and potatoes, with the brands or amounts specified. The seventh item, in fifth place on both lists, read "lib. Maxwell House coffee" on one list and "Nescafe instant coffee" on the other. One list was given to each one in a group of fifty women, and the other list to those in another group of the same size. The women were asked to study their lists and then to describe, as far as they could, the kind of woman (personality and character) who would draw up that shopping list. Nearly half of those who had received the list including instant coffee described a housewife who was lazy and a poor planner. On the other hand, only one woman in the other group described the housewife, who had included regular coffee on her list was lazy; only six of that group suggested that she was a poor planner. Eight women felt that the instant-coffee user was probably not a good wife! No one in the other group drew such a conclusion about the housewife who intended to buy regular coffee.
68.The result of the investigation showed that .
A. women who used regular coffee were good planners
B. most of the women investigated were good at reasons
C. many women believed that wives who used instant coffee were lazy
D. housewives who used instant coffee were lazy
69.In the study, the women were supposed to give the opinions about .
A. which was better, instant coffee or regular coffee
B. women's attitude towards shopping
C. the necessity of making such a shopping list
D. the personality of a woman who would prepare such a list
70.Judging by the result of the study many women were not interested in instant coffee because .
A. they didn't trust advertisements
B. instant coffee was not suited to their taste
C. they wanted to show that they were intelligent
D. they had a sense of shame about using instant coffee
71.The word "instant" probably has the meaning of .
A. which can be made up slowly for use B. which can be made up quickly for use
C. expensive D. cheap
E
Here are four pieces of news from China Daily:
SHANGHAI--The Huachen Group, which has put 83 million yuan in the development of the ecommerce market since its official registration late last year, recently held a meeting in Shanghai to show the use of its newly opened tourism business payment network. The network aims to serve tourists from all over the world, but especially from Europe and the United State where credit cards are popularly used. After opening the www. chinaeeent. com website, netizens can get information about hotels and tourism services on tourism page. Hotels and services can be reserved and payments made through credit cards. The network opened in February in Beijing.
SYDNEY-The Sydney Olympic flame will travel underwater on Australia's Great Barrier Reef during the torch relay (火炬接力) following a successful test.
Scuba diver Wendy Craig, a marine biologist, will carry the torch on a three-to-four-minute underwater journey at Agincourt Reef on June 27, creating Olympic history, organizers said yesterday.
Burning at 2,000 degrees, the torch is expected to remain alight (点燃的) three metres under-water because of a special kind of technology which creates a "fierce flame" too powerful to be drowned out by water. Charles Tegner, managing director of torch creator, said the flame would burn like a flare from oxygen- producing chemicals.
BEIJING-The election of a new leader in Taiwan can not change the fact that Taiwan is a part of Chinese territory. "Taiwan Independence" in whatever form will never be allowed, according to a statesman of China's central government.
"We should listen to what the new leader in Taiwan says and watch what he does. We will observe where he will lead cross-Straits relations. We are willing to exchange views on cross-Straits relations and peaceful re- unification with all parties, organizations and personages in Taiwan who favor (赞同) the one China principle.'' says the statesman, which was released (发布) by the Taiwan Affairs Office of the CPC Central Committee.
HAIKOU-Customs officers in Haikou, capital of South China's Hainan Province, recently stopped a boat loaded with 781 eases of foreign-brand cigarettes being smuggled (走私) into China. The cigarettes are estimated to be worth more than 1.8 million yuan, said a customs officer, they discovered the smuggling boat as they were going around the northern sea area of Yangpu Port.
The smuggled cigarettes cases, packed into two containers, were disguised to avoid (回避) being examined. The boat was registered (登记) in the coastal city of Xiamen in East China's Fujian Province. All eight suspects (疑犯) aboard the boat were kept by the police in Haikou.
72.Why does the network aim to serve tourists especially from Europe and the USA?
A. Because they are from developed countries.
B. Because the payments of hotels and services should be made through credit cards.
C. Because people in these countries travel much more than other countries.
D. Because they have more computers than others.
73.Which of the following statements is Not true according to the second piece of news?
A. The whole torch relay will be held three metres underwater.
B. The underwater journey of the torch will play an important part in Olympic history.
C. A test has been made before this activity.
D. Some chemicals will help the flame burn by the producing oxygen.
74.Which is the best title for the third piece of news?
A. Ready to Fight. B. No Good End. C. Wait and See. D. Peace Comes First.
75.Which of the following best explains the underlined word "disguised" in the last piece of news?
A. Made different from normal. B. Designed for a good purpose.
C. Hidden. D. Pretended.
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
Mr Zhang is over sixty years old. He has retired (退休).
He is one of my respected teachers. He teaches us 76.
chemistry when we were in senior Grade One. He was old, and he 77.
taught us good. He tried his best to make his classes lively. 78.
Mr Zhang usually made good preparations for the lesson and was strict 79.
to us, too. Whenever we made mistakes in our homework, 80.
he would ask us to correct them. At that time, I was used to be 81.
poorly in chemistry. Mr Zhang often helped me with my studies 82.
very patiently. With his help, I had made rapid progress and 83.
caught with the class. He is always very kind to every student. 84.
As an experienced teacher, he is respected and loved by all 85.
the students.
第二节：书面表达（25分）
假设你是一位生活在某城市的中学生，暑假打算去乡村度假。请根据下面两幅图提供的信息，写一篇短文。简要说明城市生活环境的不足，重点说明你去乡村度假的原因。
注意：1．短文应包括图中所提供的主要信息，并做适当发挥，使短文内容连贯、完整；
2．词数：100左右。
NO:6 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(六)
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节 (共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分)
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. Who is the woman most probably speaking to?
A. A railway porter. B. A bus conductor. C. A postal clerk.
2. What does the man say about the book?
A. It will not be reprinted.
B. It has been reprinted four times.
C. The store doesn't have it now, but will have it soon.
3. What can be concluded from the man's reply?
A. He wants to have more sleep.
B. Women need more sleep than men.
C. He doesn't need as much sleep as his wife.
4. What do we learn from this conversation?
A. The woman doesn't want to spend the Christmas with the man.
B. The woman hasn't been invited to the Christmas party.
C. The woman is going to spend Christrnas abroad.
5. What does the woman mean?
A. She is sure who is going to win.
B. Now it is a good time to start the game.
C. The game has been going on for a long time.
第二节（共 15 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题 5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第 6 段对话，回答第 6 至 8 题。
6. Who are the two speakers?
A. Two students. B. A teacher and a student. C. Two office workers.
7. What job will the man choose in future?
A. A school teacher. B. A computer specialist. C. A manager in a company.
8. How many terms will the woman have at school?
A. One. B. Two. C. Three.
听第 7 段对话，回答第 9 至 11 题。
9. What did the son tell Mom?
A. He failed in the exam. B. He got a speeding ticket. C. He lost her car.
10. At what speed did the son drive?
A. At 40 miles per hour. B. At 35 miles per hour. C. At 50 miles per hour.
11. What punishment did the mother give her son?
A. She would keep her son at home.
B. She would not give him money any more.
C. She would not allow her son to drive any more.
听第 8 段对话，回答第 12 至 14 题。
12. Why did the woman make a telephone call?
A. To tell the man she has got home.
B. To tell him the time of the meeting.
C. To ask the man to attend the meeting.
13. Why did the man ask the woman to repeat?
A. He wanted to listen again.
B. Something was wrong with his line.
C. Something was wrong with his ear.
14. When will the meeting begin?
A. At 2:30 tomorrow afternoon.
B. At 3:20 this afternoon.
C. At 2:30 this afternoon.
听第 9 段对话，回答第 15 至 17 题。
15. When does this converation take place?
A. In the middle of the term.
B. At the beginning of exams.
C. At the end of the school year.
16. Where do Bob and Ellen want to go?
A. To a rock and mineral show.
B. To a rock concert.
C. To a movie at the student center.
17. Why is Ellen going to buy the tickets?
A. She lost a bit and owed Bob's money.
B. She's got a part－time job.
C. Bob left his wallet at home.
听第 10 段对话，回答第 18 至 20 题。
18. What is the main topic of the talk?
A. Feelings of dreams. B. Sleep and dreams. C. Effect of dreams.
19. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Scientists began to do researches on dreams 20 years ago.
B. Man's feelings are affected by dreams and sleep.
C. A sound sleep usually brings about a good feeling.
20. How are sleep and dreams related with people's performances?
A. The less sleep people have, the better they perform.
B. The fewer dream characters there are, the happier people are.
C. The less sleepy, the more clear-thinking.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分15分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第一册 15－17单元）
21.－Hey, look where you are going?
－Oh, I am terribly sorry. . (NMET 99 )
A. I'm not noticing B. I wasn't noticing C. I haven't noticed D. I don't notice
22.－Why is the Chinese diet popular in the world?
－Because it a lot of fruit and green vegetables.
A. has B. takes C. contains D. includes
23.－Why are the four people making a bicycle trip?
－They are trying to collect money to the milu deer.
A. raise B. rise C. put on D. increase
24.－Will you go to Tom's birthday party?
－No, invited to.
A. if B. even though C. until D. when
25.I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some . (NMET 2000)
A. at last B. in case C. once again D. in time
26.－Carol Walker didn't turn up last time, did she?
－No. She . We had changed our plan.
A. shouldn't have come B. needn't have to come
C. didn't need to come D. needn't have come
27.Children who are always by their parents soon become selfish.
A. put away B. looked for C. given in to D. dealt with
28.Keep your passwords safe:Most on-line sites ________a user name and password before placing
an order.
A.suggest B.request C.require D.ask
29.－How is Dennis getting along with his work?
－Well,he could always a new idea for increasing sales.
A.come up with B.come about C.get away with D.get up
30.－ He is thinking of quitting his job.
－ But if he can't find a better one?
A. why B. which C. what D. how
31.Isn't it time you some serious work before the examination?
A. got down to B. took up with C. got off with D. put down to
32.Is there to eat? It smells delicious.
A. a thing B. anything C. something D. everything
33.John was depressed that he did not get the job, but he will it.
A. get from B. get down C. get over D. get off
34.－Look! It again.
－Yes. This is the third rain we this month.
A. will rain; shall have B. is raining; have had
C. rains; had D. is going to rain; have had
35.Special attention should be paid our earth from .
A. to prevent; being polluted B. to prevent; polluting
C. to preventing; being polluted D. to preventing; polluted
第二节：完形填空（共20小题，每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
The task of being accepted and enrolled (招收) in a university begins early for some students. Long 36 they graduate from high school, these students take special 37 to prepare for advanced study. They may also take one or more examinations that test how 38 prepared they are for the university. In the final year of high school, they 39 applications and send them, with their student records, to the universities which they hope to 40 . Some high school students may be 41 to have an interview with people from the university. Neatly 42 and usually very frightened, they are 43 to show that they have a good attitude and the 44 to succeed.
When the new students are finally 45 ,there may be one more step. They have to 46
courses before registering (注册) for classes and 47 to work. Many colleges and universities
48 an instruction program for new students. 49 these programs, the young people 50 to know the procedures (手续) for registration and student advising, university rules, the 51 of the library and all the other _ 52 services of the college or university.
Beginning a new life in a new place can be very 53 .The more knowledge students have 54 the school , the easier 55 will be for them to adapt (适应) to the new environment. However, it takes time to get used to college life.
36.A. as B. after C. since D. before
37. A. courses B. majors C. subjects D. textbooks
38. A. deeply B. widely C. well D. much
39. A. finish B. provide C. complete D. organize
40. A. attend B. study C. belong D. become
41 .A. considered B. ordered C. suggested D. required
42. A. coated B. dressed C. worn D. appeared
43. A. decided B. settled C. intended D. determined
44. A. power B. ability C. possibility D. quality
45. A. received B. accepted C. permitted D. recognized
46.A. go B. do C. take D. pass
47. A. getting B. putting C. falling D. sitting
48. A. offer B. afford C. grant D. supply
49. A. For B. Among C. In D. On
50. A. have B. get C. ought D. need
51.A. application B. close C. use D. start
52. A. major B. key C. great D. famous
53. A. amazing B. misleading C. alarming D. puzzling
54. A. before B. about C. on D. at
55. A. they B. that C. which D. it
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题：每小题2分，满分40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中选出最佳选项。
A
The Happiness
The way people hold to the belief that a fun-filled, pain free life equals happiness actually reduces their chances of ever attaining real happiness. If fun and pleasure are equal to happiness, things that lead to happiness involve some pain.
As a result, many people avoid the very attempts that are the source of true happiness. They fear the pain inevitably (不可避免) brought by such things as marriage, raising children, professional achievement, religious commitment, self- improvement.
Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be more and more satisfying. If he is honest he will tell you that he is afraid of making a commitment. For commitment is in fact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun, adventure, and excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most distinguishing features.
Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night's sleep or a three- day vacation. I don' t know any parent who would choose the word "fun" to describe raising children. But couples who decide not to have children never know the joys of watching a child grow up or of playing with a grandchild.
Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is one of the liberating realizations. It liberates time--now we can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely (真正的) increase our happiness. And it liberates us from envy--we now understand that all those who are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.
56.According to the author, a bachelor resists marriage chiefly because .
A. he is reluctant to take on family responsibilities
B. he believes that life will be more cheerful if he remains single
C. he finds more fun in dating than in marriage
D. he fears it will put an end to all his fun, adventure and excitement
57.Raising children, in the author's opinion, is
A. a moral duty B. a thankless job
C. a rewarding task D. a source of inevitable pain
58.From the last paragraph, we learn that envy sometimes stems (源于) from
A. hatred B. misunderstanding
C. prejudice D. ignorance
59.To understand what true happiness is, one must _______
A. have as much fun as possible during one's life time
B. make every effort to liberate oneself from pain
C. put up with pain under all circumstances
D. be able to distinguish happiness from fun
B
Let us begin by saying what does not cause our dreams. Our dreams do not come from 'another world'. They are not messages from some outside source. They are not a look into the future, either.
All our dreams have something to do with our emotions, fears, longings, wishes, needs and memories. But something on the ' outside' may affect what we dream. If a person is hungry, or tired, or cold, his dreams may include a feeling of this kind. If the covers on your body, such as a quilt or a blanket, have slipped off your bed, you may dream that you are sleeping or resting on the ice and snow. The material for the dream you will have tonight is likely to come from the experiences you have today.
So the subject of your dream usually comes from something that has effect on you while you are sleeping (feeling of cold, a noise, a discomfort, etc) and it may also use your past experiences and the wishes and interests you have now. This is why very young children are likely to dream of fairies (仙女), older children of school exams, hungry people of food, homesick soldiers of their families, and prisoners of freedom.
To show you how that is happening while you are asleep and how your wishes or needs can all be joined together in a dream, here is the story of an experiment. A man was asleep and the back of his hand was rubbed with a piece of absorbent cotton. He would dream that he was in a hospital and his charming girl friend was visiting him, sitting on the bed and feeling gently his hand!
There are some scientists who have made a special study of why we dream, what we dream and what those dreams mean. Their explanation of dreams, though a bit reasonable, is not accepted by everyone, but it offers an interesting approach to the problem. They believe that dreams are mostly expressions of wishes that did not come true. In other words, a dream is a way of having your wishes carried out.
60.From the passage we know our dreams .
A. have nothing to do with our daily life
B. are simply messages from another world
C. are to some degree caused by some of our feelings
D. are our imagination of our future life
61.Some scientists' explanation of dreams .
A. is widely accepted by the majority
B. give us an exact answer to the problem
C. offers a meaningful approach to the problem
D. has proved meaningless
62.Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A. Our wishes and needs can never be dreamed by us.
B. Dreams are mostly expressions of wishes that will come true.
C. Some dreams are connected with our past experiences.
D. Scientists of great achievements can dream what they hope to invent.
63.Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A. Causes of our Dreams
B. Feelings and Dreams
C. Scientists and Dreams
D. Scientific Research on Dreams
C
Dear Doctor,
My husband and I got married in 1965 and for the first ten years of our marriage I was very happy to stay home and raise our three children. Then four years ago, our youngest child went to school and I thought I might go back to work.
My husband was very supportive and helped me to make my decision. He emphasized all of the things I can do around the house, and said he thought I could be a great success in business.
After several weeks of job-hunting, I found my present job, which is working for a small public relation's firm. At first, my husband was very proud of me and would tell his friends, "My clever little wife can run that company she's working for."
But as his joking remark was close to reality, my husband stopped talking to me about my job. I have received several promotions and pay increases, and I am now making more money than he is. I can buy my own clothes and a new car. Because of our combined incomes, my husband and I can do many things that we had always dreamed of doing, but we don' t do these things because he is very unhappy.
We fight about little things and my husband is very critical of me in front of our friends. For the first time in our marriage, I think there is a possibility that our marriage may come to an end.
I love my husband very much, and I do not want him to feel inferior, but I also love my job. I think I can be a good wife and a working woman, but I don't know how. Can you give me some advice? Will I have to choose one or the other or can I keep both my husband and my new career?
Please help.
"DISTRESSED"
64.What do you think shows her husband was supportive?
A. He took up all the work she used to do.
B. He made all the decisions for her.
C. He gave her encouragement.
D. All of the above.
65.Her husband when she first found her present job.
A. was very critical of her B. felt disappointed
C. was proud of her D. was happy but critical
66.Her husband stopped talking to her about her job when .
A. she received promotions B. She earned more money
C. her husband was unhappy D. both A and B
67.The woman has a hard choice between .
A. husband and children B. children and work
C. career and money D. job and marriage
D
Have you ever stopped in front of the mirror to make funny faces? Guess who else does that too? Dolphins! ! ! Yup, not only do those big beautiful mammals (哺乳动物) seem to recognize themselves in mirrors, but they like to play in front of them too!
Scientists always knew that Bottlenose Dolphins were highly intelligent (clever) creatures. However, the idea that animals have the ability to recognize themselves in front of mirrors has always been a question.
Psychologist Gordon Gallup Jr. was the first doctor to do this type of research on animals. In the1970' s, Dr. Gallup, tested chimpanzees (黑猩猩). During the tests, the chimps appeared to be checking themselves out in front of the mirrors. Since then the experiment has been done on great apes (类人猿), monkeys, Asian elephants and African gray parrots. They all used file mirrors as tools to guide them to hidden foods or objects, but they all failed to recognize themselves in the mirrors. Dr. Diana Reiss, a dolphin scientist for the past 20 years has created a marine ( 海生的) mammal research program at New York Aquarium. Reiss and her colleagues organized experiments to test whether dolphins can recognize their own reflections in a mirror. A preliminary test was done in 1990 on bottlenose dolphins. The results from the test strongly suggested that self- recognition by the dolphins took place. Gallup, Reiss and a graduate student said the dolphins did a variety of repetitive head movements and self-oriented behaviors in front of a mirror.
It is not a proven fact that dolphins recognize themselves in mirrors. Nevertheless, because of the different way that they behave in front of mirrors, it is a strong indication that they do.
68.According to the passage, we can get to know that .
A. almost all animals can check themselves out in front of a mirror
B. scientist have found more and more evidences that marine mammals are so intelligent as to
recognize themselves in a mirror
C. nobody doubts that dolphins can recognize themselves in a mirror
D. it is still a question whether animals are able to see their reflections in front of mirrors
69.During the tests, the chimps appeared to be checking themselves out in front of the mirrors. The
underlined part in the sentence can be substituted by .
A. examining themselves B. appreciating themselves
C. looking for themselves D. behaving themselves
70. A preliminary test was done in 1990 on bottlenose dolphins. The underlined part means .
A. a test was done at the very beginning for a project
B. a test serving as a trial for a real test later
C. a test which was proved to succeed later
D. a test which could possibly fail for the first time
71.Which of the following animals was Not experimented in the research conducted by Dr. Gallup?
A. Chimpanzee B. Monkey C. Elephant D. woodpecker
E
K. Smith says: "Apart from classroom lecture and textbooks, I read The World of English on my own and am glad to say that I am getting more help from the magazine than from the teacher, who tries to explain Chinese lessons partly in English and partly in offhand (即席的) Chinese. When I get the World of English to teach me Chinese, I find the learning easier with Chinese texts paralleled (对照的), word for word, phrase for phrase, sentence for sentence, with the English original (原文) . The Chinese translation is of course intended to help Chinese learners of English. But I turn it around using the English original as a means to reach my own goal of studying the Chinese language well. I am pleased with my experience and introduce this method of studying Chinese to other foreign students at other Chinese universities in Beijing, especially the Beijing Languages Institute where foreign students of the Chinese language are massed. I think they should use The World of English as their textbook for the study of Chinese, if they haven' t already done so".
72.K. Smith is, probably, .
A. a Frenchman who studies Chinese in China
B. An Egyptian studying the Chinese language
C. an American who knows Chinese
D. a foreign student who knows English studies Chinese
73.From the passage we know that K. Smith reads The World of English .
A. only for pleasure
B. only finding something strange
C. mainly to go over his Chinese
D. by regarding it as necessary to his study of Chinese
74. K. Smith finds The World of English .
A. easier for the Chinese and foreign students to read
B. a good and fit book for all kinds of students
C. a great help to foreign students learning Chinese
D. a good help to many Chinese students
75. K. Smith .
A. suggests all his schoolmates should follow him
B. suggests that foreign students studying Chinese follow him and is sure of this
C. advises all his schoolmates to do like him
D. thinks foreign students will, certainly, do as he does
第四部分：写（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题，每小题1分；满分10分）
Dogs use face expressions, sounds, body movements and their tails to communicate. 76.
When a dog is happy, its ears will stand up and its eyes will be widely open. 77.
The dog will bark excitedly, wag its tail and may have run around in circles 78.
or jump up and down to show you that it wants to play. A dog that is afraid 79.
will lay its ears back and closes its eyes. The dog may show its teeth and 80.
lower its body so that it is close to the ground. The dog may perhaps shiver or 81.
tremb1e, and it will put its tail in its legs. When a dog is angry, it will 82.
stare at you,shows its teeth and bark. The dog's body will be upright (直立的) 83.
but the dog will try to make itself look as big possible. The tail will 84.
stand straightly out from the body. 85.
第二节：书面表达（满分25分）
The careers (职业生涯) of great men and women are made of many small steps. Make a plan of the steps and experiences that you think are needed for your future career.
Write a passage of three paragraphs explaining what you think you will need to learn in different schools and jobs to reach your goals. The number of the words is about 100.
NO:7 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(七)
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. Why is the woman moving?
A. There is too much noise from her neighbor.
B. She wants to save money to buy a piano.
C. The present flat is too expensive.
2. What do we learn from the conversation?
A. The woman refused the man's offer.
B. The man had forgotten the whole thing.
C. The man had hurt the woman's feeling.
3. How does the man think the woman plays the guitar?
A. Worse than he.
B. Better than he.
C. As well as he.
4. Why won't the woman eat any more?
A. She's had enough.
B. She's not feeling well.
C. She's losing weight.
5. How long have the speakers been waiting?
A. Half an hour.
B. An hour.
C. An hour and a half.
第二节（共 15 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题 5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第 6 段材料，回答第 6 至 8 题。
6. When did the woman go to see Kate?
A. Two days ago.
B. A week ago.
C. Two weeks ago.
7. What do we know about Kate?
A. She's too busy to see a doctor.
B. The doctor's advice does her no good.
C. She hasn't got well though she's seen a doctor.
8. Who will go to see Kate?
A. The man. B. The woman. C. Both of them.
听第 7 段材料，回答第 9 至 11 题。
9. What does the man want?
A. A holiday. B. More fun. C. Less work.
10. How does the man feel?
A. Tired. B. Unwell. C. Dissatisfied.
11. What does the man show towards his older generations?
A. Love. B. Envy. C. Hate.
听第 8 段材料，回答第 12、13 题。
12. Why does the man hire some bikes?
A. To go traveling abroad.
B. To visit the island with his friend.
C. To got to visit the bike rentalshop.
13. What does the woman suggest the man do?
A. Hire a motor bike.
B. Go to the beach.
C. See her tomorrow.
听第 9 段材料，回答第 14 至 16 题。
14. Why does Julia want to leave her present job?
A. She does not like the job. B. She wants to do something different.
C. She wants to travel and teach English.
15. What can we learn from the dialogue?
A. Julie will move out of London.
B. Tom will refuse to let Julie leave.
C. Julie will go abroad soon.
16. Who is Tom?
A. Julia's husband.
B. Julia's brother.
C. Julia's boss.
听第 10 段材料，回答第 17 至 20 题。
17. What do you know about the man's neighbour?
A. He's sleeping now.
B. He's leaving soon.
C. He's making noise.
18. What is the woman pleased to hear?
A. The man's apology.
B. The man's explanation.
C. The man's story.
19. What were the man and his friends about to do?
A. End their activity.
B. Leave where they were.
C. Apologize to their neighbour.
20. Where does the conversation take place?
A. At a hotel.
B. In a flat building.
C. In the manager's office.
第二部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第一册18－20单元）
21.The food was so that the child couldn't help tasting it.
A. smelly B. invited C. interesting D. inviting
22.－It seems that his health is improving.
－Yes. It is ten years he .
A. that; smoked B. since; didn't smoke
C. since; smoked D. before; smoked
23.－Why didn't you attend the lecture yesterday?
－I didn't think that we on Sundays.
A. should B. ought to have C. shouldn't have D. will have to
24.As is known to us all, failure usually laziness while diligence can success.
A. results from; lie in B. results in; result from
C. leads to; lie in D. results from; result in
25.－He looks unhappy.
－Yes, but he can't say what it is is bothering him.
A. as B. what C. that D. which
26.－Does he often ask you for help?
－Oh, no, only .
A. all the time B. at one time C. at a time D. at times
27. I heard she a man a lot of money.
A. married ; with B. married to ; has
C. was married ; there is D. married with ; have
28.－Isn't Mrs Johnson here yet?
－No. , she's late.
A. Much to my surprise B. To my surprise much
C. Much to surprise me D. To my much surprise
29.They say your report doesn't the fact. But I don't them this point.
A. agree to ; agree with ; at B. agree on ; agree to ; at
C. agree with ; agree with ; on D. agree with ; agree on ; at
30.The books look good and sell well, for they are well .
A. worth reading B. worth being read C. worth to read D. worth to be read
31.－In the past ten years, there have been many changes in family life.
－Are these changes ?
A. better or worse B. for best or for worst
C. for the good or for the bad D. for the better or for the worse
32.I don't think the president will come, but in case he ，let him sit in the front row.
A. will B. does C. would D. might
33.—Do you think that man will come to your help?
—I really don't know a person like him can help me with.
A. how B. what C. why D. if
34.－You could have got in for nothing.
－You are right, nobody tickets.
A. was collecting B. was selling C. had collected D. had checked
35.Professor Lee' s book will show you can be used in other contexts (情况).
A. that you have observed B. that how you have observed
C. how that you have observed D. how what you have observed
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
The criminal was now rushing towards the seats and the officer was getting up.
"Catch him!" Mrs Frobisher cried, standing up using her stick for 36 . Her anger increased when she saw red blood on the officer's face. As the criminal reached the seat on her left, she pushed her stick 37 him and he fell heavily to the ground with a loud cry.
A strange sound came from Mrs. Frobisher's mouth. Her heart was making a terrible 38 in her ears. As the stick flew across the station, she 39 back on the seat. She closed her eyes for a moment.
When she opened them, the criminal was 40 to get up, but the police were beside him before he was on his feet. He had no 41 of escape, and was led outside by the police.
The officer 42 up Mrs. Frobisher's stick and took it back to her. "Yours, I think. Madam," he said. 43 heavily. Then he took out a 44 ."May I have your name and address, please. Madam?"
"Oh, why?" said Mrs. Frobisher in a weak voice. "I didn't really 45 him, did I?"
"You did very well indeed, Madam,"he said. "That man's a 46 robber,and we've been trying to catch him for weeks.We were 47 that he was on that train from London, and so we 48 for
him here. He almost escaped, as you noticed, but your quick 49 stopped that. We were delighted when we saw him on the 50 "
"Then why do you want my name and address?" she asked.
He pointed to the notice board on the right. "There's a notice over there," he said," It's too far away to 51 from here, but the Southern Bank has offered 52 to anyone who helps to catch this man.You helped a great deal. Madam, so, if you'll 53 give me your name and address, you'll no 54 receive the money in a short time."
"I'm not as 55 as I used to think. "Mrs. Frobisher told herself.
"Pardon, Madam?" the officer said.
"Never mind," she said, and told him who she was.
36. A. walk B. step C. support D. attack
37. A. onto B. with C. from D. towards
38. A. voice B. noise C. beat D. word
39. A. came B. leaned C. slept D. fell
40. A. going B. fighting C. beginning D. screaming
41. A. hope B. strength C. wish D. will
42. A. set B. took C. put D. picked
43. A. sighing B. breathing C. coughing D. shaking
44. A. notebook B. card C. pencil D. recorder
45. A. beat B. strike C. hurt D. hit
46. A. hotel B. shop C. bank D. street
47. A. suggested B. reminded C. asked D. informed
48. A. looked B. waited C. searched D. sent
49. A. action B. movement C. kick D. stick
50. A. ground B. train C. floor D. seat
51. A. watch B. find C. read D. look
52. A. $ 500 B. ￡500 C. a job D. a car
53. A. willingly B. kindly C. readily D. really
54. A. matter B. longer C. more D. doubt
55. A. useless B. careless C. useful D. careful
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
Life for Cathy Hanger and her three children is set to permanent(持久的) forward.
Their full school day and her job as a lawyer's assistant are busy enough. But Hanger also has to take the two boys to soccer or hockey or basketball while dropping off her daughter at piano lessons or Girl Scout Club.
Often, the exhausted family doesn't get home until 7 p. m. There is just time for a quick supper before homework
In today's world, middle-class American and British parents treat their children as if they are competitors racing some finishing line.
Parents take their children from activity to activity in order to make their future bright. It seems that raising a genius (天才) has become a more important goal than raising a happy and well-balanced child.
"Doctors across the country are reporting a growing number of children suffering from stomachaches and headaches due to exhaustion and stress. "says child expert William Doherty of the University of Minnesota.
Teachers are dealing with exhausted kids in the classroom. It's a very serious problem.
Many children attend after-school clubs by necessity. But competitive pressures also create an explosion of activities. They include sports, language, music and math classes for children as young as four.
"There is a new parenting trend(趋势) under way which says that you have to tap all your child's potential(潜能) at a young age. Otherwise you will let him down," says Terry Apter, a Cambridge-based child and adolescent psychiatrist(青少年精神病专家).
I t isn't entirely new. There have always been pushy parents. But what was previously(以前) seen as strange behavior is now well accepted.
56.From the second paragraph of this passage we can find that .
A. Hanger wastes much time helping her children with their lessons
B. Hanger devotes all her time to her full time job
C. Hanger is interested in sports and music
D. Hanger busies herself by following a trend
57.British parents, as the writer described in this passage, .
A. treat their children as sports players B. pay no attention to their children's lessons
C. bring up their children in a simple way D. give their children little time to develop naturally
58.The writer's opinion of after-school clubs is that .
A. activities in the country are too competitive B. children should attend four clubs at a time
C. some clubs lead to competitive pressures D. clubs should have more subjects for school children
B
When prices are low, people will buy more, and when prices are high, they will buy less. Every shopper knows this. But at the same time, producers want higher prices for their goods when they make more goods. According to the economic (经济) point of view,changes in the prices of goods cause changes in supply and demand. As is shown in the graph (图表) ,people buy fewer shoes as the price of shoes goes up. On the contrary, a decrease in the price causes an increase in demand.
Business firms look for the perfect price at which the largest profits(利润) can be made. If the price of the shoes goes up to $ 50,the consumers(消费者) will not buy all of 3 000 shoes~ The producers will have a surplus (剩余) of 2 000 shoes and they can only get $ 50 000. If the price of the shoes is lowered to $10,as many as 5 000 shoes can be sold. Still, only $ 50 000 is made.
59.According to this article, the main idea of the first paragraph is that .
A. the lower the price is, the less people will buy
B. producers want to make more money by making fewer goods
C. every shopkeeper knows the price for goods
D. how changes in prices of shoes affect the number of shoes sold
60.From the passage, we can conclude that is the best price for the consumers to buy all of
the shoes which are worth the highest price.
A. $50 B. $10 C. $30 D. $20
61.If the price of the shoes is lowered to $ 20, as many as shoes can be sold. Only is made.
A. 4 000;80 000 B. 2 000;20 000 C. 9 000; 90 000 D. 3 000; 30 000
C
Getting a new PC is one thing. Keeping it running smoothly is quite another. While a personal computer should continue to perform well for years, users know that system unsteadiness does exist. Yet you can reduce it to the smallest amount by following the tips below.
First, put in as little software as possible. You'll have fewer software-related problems and a system that is easier to manage.
Second, you should ensure that you have as much memory (RAM) in your PC as you need. If you run Windows 98, your computer should have at least 128 megabytes (MB) of RAM or more. You can also get by with 128 MB of RAM if you use Windows NT or Windows 2000, but these operating systems will run much more smoothly if you have 256 MB of RAM or more.
Third, make sure you buy good hardware. No-name products may be cheaper and sometimes just as good as named-brand products, but named-brand products usually became well-known because of their steadiness. It's wise to buy products from famous companies because Windows will more often support the hardware that you buy. If you are starting out with computers, it's also a good idea to buy ready-made systems from major manufacturers. They are likely to have been tested thoroughly with your operating system, and you will generally experience fewer problems.
Fourth, do prepare for disaster. No matter how well your system runs when you get it, the day will come when it will need to be replaced. Hopefully, you will replace it because technology has become out-dated, but you may need to replace it also because the hard drive crashes or you begin experiencing problems that no one can figure out. That's why it's important to copy your important information regularly. Whether you use a tape backup device or a CD-RW drive, it's important to make a regular backup plan and stick to it.
62.If you want to use Windows 2000, but your computer only has 64 MB. What will you have to do?
A. Change its RAM for at least 256 MB.
B. Put in good software in your computer.
C. Enlarge its memory to at least 128 MB.
D. Buy another new computer to match it.
63.It can be inferred from the passage that .
A. your computer will save the important information when its hard drive crashes
B. your computer might lose all the information it stores when it crashes
C. you must not put in much software
D. you'd better use 128 MB of RAM if you run Windows NT
64.The best title of this passage would be .
A. The Tips You Must Follow B. How to Start Out with a Computer
C. How to Use Your PC Better D. How to Keep Your PC Steady
65.What does the underlined word "it" in Paragraph 1 refer to?
A. System unsteadiness. B. Personal computer. C. To perform well. D. Getting a new PC.
D
A man steps on what seems like solid ground but discovers with horror that the ground is giving way beneath his feet. The man struggles desperately, but he is trapped. He cannot escape. Slowly he sinks deeper and deeper until at last he is gone, buried in the treacherous earth. The solid ground was solid only in appearance. It was actually quicksand, which is a deep mass of fine sand mixed with water.
How is quicksand formed? Water pushes up from below the surface and is held by the sand. The grains of sand are forced apart by the water. They cannot hold any weight. The subsurface water may have come from a spring, a river or a stream. Sometimes pools of water near beaches become filled with sand. When the soil under these pools does not allow for good drainage(排水),the sand can become stretches of quick-sand.
Is it true that a man who steps into quicksand is doomed to(注定) die? No, for men have fought their way from quick-sand to firm land again. It is panic(恐慌) that creates the condition that can result in death, for the more a person struggles, the worse matters become. Quick movements will make the sand give way temporarily(临时地), but then it rushes and settles solidly around the body. A man trapped in quicksand should either lie back, or not move at all, except to stretch out his arms. When the weight of the sand his body has displaced equals his weight, he will stop sinking. With feet held still, and with slow movements of the arms, as in the backstroke in swimming men have managed to roll to safety and reach firm ground.
66.Which statement is Not True according to the passage?
A. It is hard to tell quicksand from solid ground.
B. Quicksand appears to be solid.
C. Quicksand is always far off beaches.
D. Quicksand is a deep mass of fine sand mixed with water.
67.The underlined part in the first paragraph might mean .
A. shaking and moving B. allowing others to be first
C. rising D. breaking or breaking into pieces
68.When you are trapped in quicksand, first of all you should .
A. cry for help
B. quickly begin to struggle hard to get out
C. try your best to push sand away
D. keep calm
69.A person stops sinking when the weight of his body is that of the sand his body has displaced.
A. greater than B. the same as C. near to D. close to
70.Men have managed to reach firm ground by .
A. holding feet still and moving arms slowly B. lying back calmly
C. keeping still and stretching out arms D. swimming quickly
E
It is said that mathematics is the base of all other sciences, and that arithmetic (算术), the science of numbers, is the base of mathematics. Numbers are formed by the digits 0,1,2.3,4,5,6,7,8,and 9 and by combinations of them. For example, 247 , two hundred and forty seven, is a number formed by three digits. Parts of numbers smaller than 1 are sometimes expressed in terms of fractions(分数), but in scientific usage they are given as decimals(小数). This is because it is easier to perform the various mathematical operations if decimals are used instead of fractions.
The decimal, or ten-scale system, is used for scientific purposes throughout the world. It is even accepted in countries whose national systems of weights and measurements are based upon other scales. The other scale in general use nowadays is the binary, or two-scale. In such a scale, numbers are expressed by combinations of only two digits,0 and 1. Thus,2 is expressed as 010,3 is given as 011,4 is represented as 100, etc. This scale is perfectly adapted to the "off-on" pulses of electricity, and so it is widely used in electronic computers. It is because of its simplicity that the scale is often called "the lazy schoolboy's dream"!
Other branches of mathematics such as algebra (代数)and geometry(几何) are also extensively used in many sciences and even in some areas of philosophy(哲学). More specialized extensions, such as probability theory and group theory, are now applied to an increasing number of activities, ranging from economics and the design of experiments to war and politics.
Finally, a knowledge of statistics(统计学) is required by every type of scientists for the analysis of data. Moreover, even an elementary knowledge of this branch of mathematics is sufficient(足够) to enable the journalist to avoid misleading his readers. It is also useful in helping the ordinary citizen find the attempts which are constantly made to detective him.
71.What is the passage mainly about?
A. The importance of statistics.
B. The branches of mathematics and their applications (Gm).
C. The new development of arithmetic.
D. The relation of mathematics.
72.The word "this" in the last sentence of the first paragraph refers to .
A. using fractions in scientific fields
B. performing the mathematical operations
C. forming a number by the digits
D. expressing fractions as decimals
73.Which of the following descriptions best applies to the decimal system?
A. The base of all national systems of weights and measurements.
B. The number system based on whole numbers and fractions.
C. The widely adopted number system in science today.
D. The basic number system for computer work.
74.According to the passage, why is the binary system often called "the lazy schoolboy's dream"?
A. Arithmetic operations in this system are relatively easy.
B. The schoolboy likes the digital computers.
C. This system is not required to be learned in school.
D. The two-scale mathematical operations are interesting.
75.According to the passage, which of the following statements about philosophy is true?
A. Mathematics in the modern world is advancing faster than philosophy.
B. In natural sciences more areas of philosophy are being used than ever before.
C. Philosophy had made great contributions to the progress of algebra and geometry.
D. Mathematical knowledge plays an important role in some fields of philosophy.
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
You say you'll have two-week summer holiday and decide to travel 76.
a lot and visit such many new places as possible. I don't think it a good 77.
idea. I'll tell you a story about my friend Mr. Bell, who last July he was 78.
in Europe. Europe is very beautiful, and his holiday wasn't very nice. 79.
He visited four countries. and was in each of the country only three 80.
days. He visited a great deal museums and famous places, and was always 81.
in a hurry. Bell is on the train or on a bus almost every day. When he 82.
returned back, he was very tired. So 1 suggest that you spend your holiday 83.
in different ways. You'd better travel with a friend to one country, and visit 84.
only one city. Choose a city off the coast and you'll be able to have a good 85.
rest on the seaside.
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
寒假将至，班主任要为每位同学写份《家庭报告书》，向家长汇报学生在校的情况。英国女留学生Mary Smith在你们班学习将近一个学期了，假如你是班长，请你根据以下各位老师对她的评价.为班主任张华老师代笔，用英语写一份《家庭报告书》，介绍玛丽在校的表现，以便寄给她远在英国的父母。
要求：1.书信格式正确，内容完整。 2.写信日期：2005年1月16日。
3.字数：120左右。 4.开头和结尾已给出，供参考。
Dear Mr. & Mrs. Smith,
I'm so glad to tell you something about...
Yours Truly,
Zhang Hua
NO:8 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(八)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节 (共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分)
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. What did Jack finish at about 8:30?
A. His exercises. B. A letter. C. A story.
2. Where is Tom going to finish his homework?
A. At home. B. In the classroom C. In the library.
3. What is Mr. Wilson?
A. A doctor. B. A teacher. C. A professor.
4. Who likes blue coats?
A. The girl. B. The girl's mother. C. John.
5. How does the man prefer to go to work?
A. By train. B. By car. C. By bus.
第二节（共 15 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题 5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第 6 段对话，回答第 6 ～ 8 题。
6. Who went a new camera to the boy?
A. His mother.
B. His uncle.
C. His sister.
7. What did the boy's sister give him as a birthday present?
A. A blue tie.
B. A wonderful picture.
C. A new suit.
8. Where does Uncle Robert live?
A. In the boy's home.
B. In a big city.
C. In the country.
听第 7 段材料，回答第 9 ～ 11 题。
9. Where did the boy go that afternoon?
A. To the school.
B. To a shop.
C. To the cinema.
10. Who bought the hat for Tom?
A. His mother.
B. His friend Bill.
C. He himself.
11. Why does the boy want to keep the hat?
A. Because he likes it.
B. Because his mother asks hims to.
C. Because his mother doesn't like it.
听第 8 段材料，回答第 12 ～ 14 题。
12. How old is Mr Grant's second child?
A. Twelve. B. Six. C. Seven.
13. What does his wife like to do?
A. To cook in the kitchen.
B. To play football and basketball.
C. To work in the music room.
14. Where is the garden?
A. Near the house.
B. In the back of the house.
C. In front of the house.
听第 9 段材料，回答第 15 ～ 17 题。
15. When was it unusual to see a plane?
A. In the early 1960s.
B. In the 16th century.
C. In the early 1900's.
16. Why can we use electrical lights?
A. Because someone invented ways to make use of electricity.
B. Because we have more money than before.
C. Because someone has paid for us.
17. What do the father and the son talk about?
A. The history of planes.
B. The changes of life.
C. The invention of electric lights.
听第 10 段材料，回答第 18 ～ 20 题。
18. What does the newspaper man tell us about in the passage?
A. How to give up smoking.
B. Smoking is a waste of money.
C. His smoking experience.
19. How much did he smoke before he gives it up?
A. About 30 cigarettes a day.
B. About 23 to 40 cigarettes a day.
C. About 19 cigarettes a day.
20. What was the effect on his health when he managed to give up smoking?
A. He felt it difficult to break the habit.
B. He often felt sick without smoking.
C. He felt sick if he smoked.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第一册21－23单元）
21.The hero of the story is an artist in his . (MET91)
A. thirtieth B. thirty C. thirtys' D. thirties
22.It is work of art that everyone wants to have a look at it. (98上海高考)
A. so unusual B. such unusual C. such an unusual D. so an unusual
23.－Do you know Jim quarrelled with his brother?
－I don't know, . (MET91)
A. nor don't I care B. nor do I care C. I don't care neither D. I don't care also
24.－Are you going to the concert?
－ No, the ticket are for us.
A. terrible expensive B. far too expensive
C. so much expensive D. highly expensive
25.Women in our country an important in the socialist construction.
A. take ; place B. play ; part C. hold ; position D. have ; won
26.－I'd really like to play football with some friends. What do you think of that?
－ There is nothing I like less than that.
－ .
A. OK, let' s have a change B. I don't know you hate it
C. I'm sorry you feel that way D. I think you will like it
27.She was complaining that the doctor was too much for the treatment he was giving her.
A. expending B. offering C. costing D. charging
28.－Did you pass the final exam?
－No, I'm afraid I'll have a hard time, is often the case.
A. it B. as C. that D. what
29.－ You have promised to go, then why aren't you getting ready?
－ I you to go at once.
A. haven' t realized; want B. didn' t realize; wanted
C. don' t realize; want D. don' t realize; wanted
30.He gained his by printing of famous writers. (NMET 95)
A. wealth ; work B. wealths ; works C. wealths ; work D. wealth ; works
31.Here is my card. Let's keep in with each other. (NMET 94)
A. touch B. relation C. connection D. friendship
32.Some of the latest news about Iraq War televised from the battle field.
A. was; direct B. were; straight C. were; alive D. was; live
33.There are few electronic applications to raise fears regarding future employment chances than computers.
A. likely B. more likely C. possibly D. more possibly
34.We were next-door neighbors for three years, during time we met only twice.
A. which B. this C. that D. same
35.－Kennedy Airport, please. I have to be there by 7.
－ , but I'll do my best.
A. No problem B. OK C. I can't promise D. I can't do that
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36?5各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
Bats are among the least understood creatures in the world today. Until recently not many people seemed to care about their rapid disappearance. That is because bats commonly are feared and 36 .The strong 37 about bats are the result of many false 38 about the creatures. Stories are told about bats attacking people or becoming caught in human hair. Yet, let 39 , bats are not a threat to people. 40 ,they are a central part of the environment. The death of bats seriously affects everything that lives in 41 natural surroundings.
Bats are one of the most effective 42 on insect populations. For example, a 43 little brown bat can catch 600 insects in an hour. Twenty-five million bats 44 lived in a cave in the southwestern state of Arizona. They killed up to 200 tons of insects 45 night.The bats protected crops of local farms from being destroyed by the insects.
For the past several years, scientists have been learning more about the economic and environmental value of bats. Throughout the world, bats are the main 46 of insects that destroy crops and forests. Bats 47 help carry pollen (花粉) to fertilize flowers. And they spread plant seeds throughout deserts and forest areas. The loss of bats 48 some fruits, nuts and vegetables throughout the world cannot survive.
In the United States, more than half of different kinds of bats are considered in 49 of disappearing. Their 50 will increase dependency of farmers 51 poisonous chemicals to kill harmful insects.
In 1982, an organization was 52 to help save bats and the areas in which they live. The organization is called Bat Conservation International. Merlin Tuttle formed it. He is recognized worldwide 53 a leading expert on bats. Bat Conservation International now has more than 12,000 members in 55 countries.
One of the goals of the organization is to 54 people about the importance of bats and the need to protect them. Last June, Bat Conservation International and two American government agencies announced a joint plan. They will work together to protect bats that have 55 their homes in wild mines.
36. A. loved B. hated C. prevented D. protected
37. A. meanings B. warnings C. sayings D. feelings
38. A. ideas B. beliefs C. facts D. information
39. A. alone B. out C. in D. on
40. A. In surprise B. In time C. In fact D. In addition
41. A. her B. its C. one' s D. theirs
42. A. dependence B. controls C. foods D. living
43. A. single B. very C. kind D. only
44. A. sometimes B. once C. still D. yet
45. A. each B. other C. all D. at
46. A. friends B. hunters C. oppressors D. supporters
47. A. already B. nearly C. also D. even
48. A. owns B. says C. thinks D. means
49. A. front B. danger C. time D. spite
50. A. danger B. condition C. fate D. loss
51. A. on B. over C. with D. across
52. A. formed up B. built up C. set up D. put up
53. A. like B. as C. than D. up
54. A. teach B. persuade C. warn D. educate
55. A. left B. got C. lost D. made
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
Greysteel, Northern Ireland -- Protestant(新教徒) gunmen shouting "trick or treat" walked into a Northern Irish shop and killed at least seven people to avenge(报仇) the bombing of a protestant shop one week ago.
Eleven people were wounded, several seriously. When the two gunmen walked into the crowded Rising Sun pub in Greysteel, some 120 kilometres northeast of Belfast, carrying guns.
It is said they went near a frightened teenage girl and one made the old "trick or treat" greeting that children world-widely use to get sweets from their neighbourhood. "I don' t think that's funny,"she replied, then she was shot down.
The dead included an 82-year-old man, a 52-year-old woman and the 19-year-old who had received the "trick or treat" offer.
The shooting brought the death since Saturday's IRA Belfast bombing to 23. Six Catholics (旧教徒) were killed by protestant death team in the past week.
It was the second time since Thursday that protestant gunmen had struck outside Belfast, which faces North Sea Strait on the east.
56.In fact "trick or treat" is .
A. usually used by children to get sweets from others
B. a warning used by criminals to snatch something
C. a secret code used by protestant gunmen to kill somebody
D. an old saying, but not used now
57.What do you know about the dead girl?
A. She was a protestant. B. She enjoyed the "trick or treat" greeting.
C. She was only a girl of 19 years old. D. We know nothing about her.
58.Within only one week, .
A. 23 persons lost their lives B. protestants took away seven lives
C. more than 30 people were killed D. most of the dead were Catholics
59.Protestant gunmen made in Northern Ireland since the bombing.
A. only one attack outside Belfast B. two attacks
C. quite a few attacks D. no attack in Belfast newspaper says
B
Clinton to host talk show
Former US President Bill Clinton has met with NBC (全国广播公司) officials to discuss hosting(主持)his own talk show (脱口秀，谈话节目), according to several television sources.
One source says Clinton's interest in the talk show is serious and he asks for a fee of $50 million a year. Clinton hopes that he could become the next Oprah Winfrey , one of the most successful talk show hosts, a newspaper reports.
NBC officials didn't comment on the news. Another source say's Clinton is not likely to take the job once he understands the demands of the job, the newspaper says.
There' s no precedent(先例) for such a TV deal with a former US president, although President Nixon appeared on TV in 1975 when talk show host David Frost paid him $600,000 for a series of interviews.
90-year-old woman finishes marathon
A 90-year-oid Scottish woman has finished the 22nd London Marathon, one of the oldest people to complete the 26.2-mile race.
Jenny Wood Allen finished in 11 hours and 34 minutes. She took up long-distance running at the age of 71 and has taken part in 16 London Marathons so far.
Allen, the great grandmother, was accompanied(陪伴) on the route by two friends who kindly finished behind her so she would not come in last.
She said this would be her last marathon, but not her last race. "I will concentrate on(集中) shorter distances," she said.
Seat Belts for Pets
People must wear seat belts while in a moving vehicle. So why shouldn't pets, too? Car maker General Motors (美国通用汽车公司) will introduce a pet seat belt in all of their vehicles in the USA.
GM wants to design a concept(概念) that will make traveling with pets easier, safer, and more comfortable.
Since dogs are the No 1 pets in the US, it seems that GM is doing exactly the right thing!
60.Which of the following is TRUE?
A. President Nixon once hosted a talk show on TV.
B. It' s agreed that Bill Clinton will soon take up his new job.
C. Pet seat belts are designed for the sake of comfort, safety, and ease.
D. Dogs are lucky enough to be the first to have seat belts in a moving vehicle.
61.The Scottish runner .
A. was the last one to reach the finishing line although she had finished the marathon
B. would not enter for any marathon race
C. covered the marathon at a speed of less than 2 miles an hour
D. was the oldest runner in the 22nd London Marathon race
62.Which of the following can we infer?
A. To host a talk show on TV demands much of the host' s ability.
B. NBC officials said nothing about the news.
C. David Frost once hosted a talk show.
D. No US president had hosted a talk show on TV before.
63.Which of the following is NOT true?
A. It's allowed to have a runner accompanied in a London Marathon.
B. Among all the pets the Americans love dogs best.
C. Jenny started her long-distance running about 20 years ago.
D. Bill Clinton will gain $50 million for a talk show on TV.
C
According to a recent survey, employees in many companies today work longer hours than employees did in 1979. They also take shorter vacations than employees in 1979 took. It seems that Americans are working harder today than ever before or are they? A management consultant, Bill Meyer, decided to find out. For these days, he observed an investment banker hard at work. Meyer wrote down everything the banker did during his long workday --the banker worked 80. hours a week. At the end of the three-day period, Meyer reviewed the banker' s activities with him. He discovered that the man spent 80 percent of his time doing busy work. For example, he attended unnecessary meetings, made repeated telephone calls, and spent time packing and unpacking his two big briefcases.
Apparently, many people believe that the more time a person spends at work, the more she or he accomplishes. However, the connection between time and productivity is not always positive. In fact, many studies indicate that after a certain point, anyone's productivity and creativity begin to decrease. Furthermore, it is not always easy for individuals to realize that their performance is falling off.
Part of the problem is understandable. When employers evaluate employees, they often consider the amount of time on the job in addition to job performance. Employees know this. Consequently, they work longer hours and take less vacation time than they did nine years ago. Although many working people can do their job effectively during a regular 40-hour work week, they feel they have to spend more time on the job after normal working hours so that the people who can promote them see them.
A group of headhunters (people who search out executive personnel for companies) were asked their opinion about a situation. They had a choice of two candidates for an executive position with an important company. The candidates had comparable qualifications for the job. For example, they were both reliable. One could do the job well in a 40-hour work week. The other would do the same job in an 80-hour-week just as well. According to a headhunting expert, the 80-hour-week candidate would get the job. The time this candidate spends on the job may encourage other employees to spend more time at work, too. Employers believe that if the employees stay at work later, they may actually do more work.
64.The record of the banker' s activities implies that .
A. he worked efficiently
B. he did a lot of unnecessary work
C. his work was well-ordered
D. he was tired of his routine work
65.According to the author, spending more time in office .
A. means doing more work
B. does not necessarily mean doing more work
C. helps people to earn more money
D. leads to greater creativity
66.The reason why employees work longer is that .
A. they want to earn more money
B. they want to save time for holiday
C. they want to please their bosses
D. they want to make more contributions
67.The 80-hour candidate would be chosen because .
A. his work was better than the other's
B. he was more reliable
C. he might set a good example for other employees
D. he had better qualifications
D
SAN DIEGO COUNTY District Attorney Paul Pfingst said the body discovered is that of a 3 to 4-foot young girl with fair hair.
The child was wearing a necklace, similar to the one Danielle is seen wearing in thousands of "missing girl" flyers(传单) posted since her disappearance more than three weeks ago.
She was also wearing an earring that matched one of those searchers believe Danielle was wearing when she was last seen at her family's Sabre Springs' home. Searchers said the body was not clothed in the light-blue pajamas Danielle was wearing when she was last seen.
"We don't have any other young children missing in the county that have been reported," Lt. Jim Collins said, "It's a high probability that it is her."
Pfingst said, however, it could take several days to positively identify the body using DNA evidence. He said that the body does not appear to have been burned, despite earlier reports.
The searchers found the corpse 25 miles east of downtown San Diego, in a desert section of San Diego County near the city of El Cajon, the county Sheriff's Department said. The body was found behind a group of oak trees at about 2:15 pm along a mad neat the Sycuan Indian Reservation.
The place is in the general area where suspect(疑犯) David Westerfield was believed to have traveled and the girl disappeared.
National Broadcasting Company's San Diego affiliate, KNSD, reported that police had circled a 100-square-yard area around where the remains were found, as well as a dirt road leading up to the area.
Thousands of volunteers have been helping in the search for Danielle' s body, from Mexico to the desert east of San Diego.
68.It seemed to Lt. Jim Collins that .
A. the young girl had nothing on when she was found
B. the body of the missing girl was seen at Sabre Springs
C. the searchers had found the body of Danielle
D. David Westerfield was considered to have killed thousands of girls
69.The body was thought to be Danielle through the fact that no other young children missing in
the county that had been reported and her .
A. jewellery B. DNA C. appearance D. clothing
70.Which of the following shows the correct relationship between San Diego, the desert section
and the Sycuan Indian Reservation?
S = San Diego D = desert section R = Sycuan Indian Reservation
71.From the passage, we can infer that Danielle .
A. might have been burned by David Westerfield in the desert section
B. might have disappeared at a certain weekend three weeks ago
C. might have been taken away from Sabre Springs and killed
D. might have been killed by David Westerfield with a gun
E
Reading is thought to be a kind of conversation between the reader and the text. The reader puts questions, as it were, to the text and gets answers. In the light of these he puts further questions, and so on. For most of the time this "conversation" goes on below the level of consciousness. At times, however, we become aware of it. This is usually when we are running into difficulties, when mismatch is occurring between expectations and meaning. When successful matching is being experienced, our questioning of the text continues at the unconscious level.
Different people converse with the text differently. Some stay very close to the words on the page; others take off imaginatively from the words, interpreting, criticizing, analyzing and examining. The former represents a kind of comprehension which is written in the text. The latter represents higher levels of comprehension. The balance between these is important, especially for advanced readers.
There is another conversation which from our point of view is equally important, and that is to do not with what is read but with how it is read. We call this a "process" conversation as opposed to a "content" conversation. It is concerned not with meaning but with the strategies(策略) we employ in reading. If we are an advanced reader our ability to hold a process conversation with a text is usually pretty well developed. Not so our ability to hold a content conversation. It is precisely this kind of conversation that is of importance when we are seeking to develop our reading to meet the new demands being placed upon us by studying at a higher level.
72.Reading as a kind of conversation between the reader and the text becomes conscious only
when. .
A. the reader's expectations agree with what is said in the text
B. the reader has trouble understanding what the author says
C. the reader asks questions and gets answers
D. the reader understands a text very well
73.At a lower level of comprehension, readers tend to .
A. read a text slowly
B. read without thinking hard
C. interpret a text in their own way
D. concentrate on the meaning of words only
74.According to the passage, it is .of great importance for readers at a higher level to maintain a
balance between .
A. conscious and unconscious levels of comprehension
B. the reader's expectations and the meaning of a text
C. lower and higher levels of comprehension
D. interpreting and criticizing a text
75.If we want to develop our reading ability at an advanced level, we should .
A. learn to use different approaches in reading different texts
B. make our reading process more conscious
C. pay more attention to the content of a text
D. take a critical attitude towards the author's ideas
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
I always think what my husband is a learned man. 76.
Last week when he took two Graduate Record 77.
Exams(研究生入学考试) on same day and came back 78.
home tired from hours of answering multiple-choice(多项选择) 79.
question. He dropped onto the sofa. My mother 80.
came to tell about him that dinner was ready, 81.
but asked if he would prefer water, juice or milk with his 82.
meal. He thought for a moment, and then replied, "You 83.
will take 'C'-- the milk." "Do you real consider 84.
that 'C' always refer to milk?" My mother asked. 85.
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
禽流感正在亚洲地区蔓延，对家禽和人类的安全带来了巨大的威胁。就下表提供的信息，请你写篇短文，介绍有关禽流感方面的知识和预防措施。
注意： 1.开头已为你写好。
2.词数：100左右。
3.参考词汇:病毒virus 死亡率death rate 感染 infect 症状symptom 流感flu 流鼻涕runny nose
家禽：poultry or bird
A vian influenza, or "bird flu", is a contagious disease from which both poultry and people suffer.
NO:9 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(九)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节（共5小题，每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.Who is the man ?
A.A restaurant waiter.
B.A traffic policeman.
C.A taxi driver.
2.Why will the woman go to Edinburgh?
A.To have a meeting in Glasgow .
B.To meet some important people .
C.To drive the man there .
3.Where are they ?
A.In a zoo. B.In a laboratory. C.In a museum .
4.What are the two speakers doing ?
A.Cheering for Oxford.
B.Watching a football match .
C.Playing a ball game .
5.Where did Paul plan to go on his way home ?
A.To the bank. B.To the shop. C.To the office .
第二节 （共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段对话，回答6至8题。
6.Where does the conversation take place ?
A.On a road. B.In a hotel. C.At an airport .
7.When will the woman have to check out tomorrow ?
A.At 2：00 p.m. B.At 2：30 p.m. C.At 12：00.
8.What does the man suggest the woman should do ?
A.Keep her room clean.
B.Leave at 5：30.
C.Leave some time earlier.
听第7段对话，回答9至10题。
9.What does the woman think the weather will be like in the afternoon ?
A.Clear. B.Windy. C.Foggy.
10.How will the man get the weather information ?
A.He'll ask the weatherman.
B.He'll make a telephone call.
C.He'll listen to the radio.
听第8段材料，回答11至14题。
11.Who is Frank Stone ?
A.A friend of the woman's .
B.A visitor to the clinic.
C.A patient of Dr. Milton's .
12.Why won't Mr. Stone come to the clinic tomorrow ?
A.The clinic will be closed.
B.Dr. Milton won't come to work.
C.He can't spare the time .
13.When is the clinic open in a week ?
A.During the whole week.
B.On weekdays except Thursday.
C.From Monday to Friday .
14.What time has finally been fixed for Mr. Stone to come ?
A.6：15 p.m., Wednesday . B.6：15 p.m. , Thursday. C.5：30 p.m., Wednesday.
听第9段材料，回答15至17题。
15.What has made working at home possible ?
A.Communication industry.
B.Living far from companies.
C.Personal computers .
16.Why do some people prefer working at home ?
A.To get more jobs .
B.To make more money.
C.To save time .
17.What might happen in the future ?
A. We might work at home for a foreign company.
B.We could call for the labor in Spain.
C.The British firm could move to Belfast .
听第10段材料，回答18至20题。
18.Where does the speech probably take place ?
A.In a restaurant .
B.In the speaker's home .
C.In a museum .
19.What is the kitchen like ?
A.It can hold hundreds of people .
B.It's a big room with a high ceiling .
C.It's full of wooden tables .
20.What does the speech mainly suggest ?
A.The kitchen is always the center of family life .
B.The family kitchen should be well designed.
C.The home design tells us about social changes .
第二部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第一册24－26单元）
21.Not that I'm unwilling to lend you a hand , I'm too busy for the moment.
A.because B.but that C.but D.however
22.We all write even when there is not much to say. (NMET94)
A. now and then B. by and by C. step by step D. more or less
23.If you go to Xian, you'll find the place there more magnificent than commonly . (94上海高考)
A. supposing B. supposed C. to suppose D. suppose
24.－I stayed at a hotel in New York.
－Oh, did you? You with Barbara. (NMET98)
A. could have stayed B. could stay C. would stay D. must have stayed
25.If by any chance someone comes to see me, ask them to leave a . (NMET97)
A. message B. letter C. sentence D. notice
26.Long ago in China people knew how to make wine grain and how to make paper wood.
A. at ; from B. into ; from C. from ; from D. of ; of
27.－What's the man's name, did he say?
－Oh, sorry, I .
A. didn't listen B. wasn't listening
C. haven't listened D. haven't been listening
28.－.Mark broke his leg when he was playing football .
－ was that ?
A.Since when B.Since when ago C.How long D.How long ago
29.We have every member of the company. There is no need to these letters to them.
A. sent out ; send for B. sent for ; send out C. sent out ; sent out D. sent for ; send for
30.Only according to the directions can the medicine be quite effective .
A.taking B.taken C.being taken D.having been taken
31.There is not one of us wishes to help you . We are doing our best .
A.who B.that C.as D.but
32.Believing these people have their special ,the police have been keeping a watch on them.
A. ideas ; good B. attempts ; close C. ways ; tight D. minds ; serious
33.When I got home, I found the door open. A terrible thought suddenly me － had anyone
broken into the house?
A. struck B. beat C. knocked D. attacked
34.I'm sorry but I it on purpose and I'd like to know what I next.
A. haven't done; shall do B. don't do; will do
C. won't do; am going to do D. didn't do; am to do
35.Bill, often regarded as one of the best students in his class, to be a student who cheated
in the exam.
A. came out B. turned out C. sent out D. let out
第二节：完形填空（共20小题，每小题1.5分，满分30分）
In some cities , workaholism（废寝忘食工作）is so common that people don't consider it unusual . They accept the lifestyle as 36 .Government workers in Washington, D. C., 37 , frequently work sixty to seventy hours a week . They don't do this because they have to; they do it because they 38 to . Workaholism can be a 39 problem. Because true workaholics would rather work than do anything else, they 40 have no idea of how to relax; that is , they might not 41 movies , sports , or other types of entertainment . Most of all, they 42 to sit and do nothing. The lives of workaholics are usually stressful , and this tension（紧张）and worry can cause 43 problems such as heart attacks and stomach diseases . 44 , typical workaholics don't pay much attention to their families . Their marriages may end in 45 as they spend little time with their families.
Is workaholism 46 dangerous? Perhaps not. There are, certainly , people who work 47
under stress.Some studies show that many workaholics have great energy and interest in work. They feel 48 is so pleasurable that they are actually very happy. For most workaholics, work and entertainment are the same thing. Their jobs 49 them with a challenge; this keeps them busy and creative.
50 do workaholics enjoy their jobs so much? There are several 51 to work. Of course, it provides people with paychecks, and this is important. But it offers 52 financial security.It provides people with self-confidence（自信心); they have a feeling of satisfaction 53 they have produced a challenging piece of work and are able to say "I 54 it" . Psychologists （心理学家）claim that their work gives people an identity （自身价值）. After they take part in work, they
55 a sense of self and individualism.
36.A.strange B.boring C.pleasant D.normal
37.A.for example B.on the other hand C.what's more D.after all
38.A.agree B.promise C.dare D.want
39.A.slight B.serious C.obvious D.difficult
40.A.still B.probably C.certainly D.mostly
41.A.afford B.enjoy C.watch D.allow
42.A.dream B.decide C.intend D.hate
43.A.physical B.cultural C.social D.mental
44.A.Therefore B.However C.Anyway D.Besides
45.A.happiness B.silence C.failure D.surprise
46.A.sometimes B.always C.seldom D.hardly
47.A.sadly B.differently C.efficiently D.slowly
48.A.study B.family C.life D.work
49.A.equip B.pack C.provide D.fill
50.A.When B.Why C.How D.Where
51.A.factors B.advantages C.steps D.ways
52.A.no more B.more or less C.no more than D.more than
53.A.when B.before C.unless D.until
54.A.valued B.failed C.caught D.made
55.A.give B.lose C.get D.need
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
A
Microsoft founder Bill Gates said that he planned to give away almost all of his vast fortune, largely to the cause of global health, during the course of his lifetime. With an estimated（估计）worth of more than $ 40 billion , according to Forbes , the project will be no small feat （功绩）for Gates . Having already provided the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation with $ 24 billion to address global health issues, Gates said that eventually his entire fortune will be put towards the cause except "a few percent left for the kids."
So what has made the richest man in the world to channel his resources so heavily into one interest? Gates believes that "the equality of opportunity" in which Americans take such pride needs to extend to other nations around the world. Improving the health of the populations, he says, has proved to be an essential method in helping poor cou ntries to be financially successful.
"National borders allow inequalities," said Gates: "We all need to take a more global view, rather than just saying my country is doing well. We have to step up these health issues, knowing how few resources are going into them."
Gates said that both his parents set an example for him as a child. His father, William H. Gates, was the head of the local Planned Parenthood, and his mother, Mary, volunteered for the United Way. As he gathered his fortune, Gates knew he would eventually want to give back as well, but he didn't expect to devote himself whole-heartedly to one project until he was about 60.
However, Gates, 47, began to question his ability to wait that long. "It seemed there was a real time urgency," Gates said. "I started to think, how many lives could I save before then?"
56.Bill Gates will give away his vast fortune to .
A.improve the health of population in America alone
B.improve the health of population all over the world
C.avoid leaving his children too much money
D.spare the American government the burden of health care
57.Bill Gates believes that one important way of developing poor countries is .
A.to set up more foundations for them
B.to aid them with natural resources
C.to put more effort into the health issues in them
D.to help them take a more global view
58.It can be learned from the text that Bill Gates thinks .
A.Americans should care about people in other countries
B.Americans should treat fellow citizens well
C.Americans should devote themselves to certain projects
D.Americans can be world-famous by giving away vast fortune
59.Bill Gates gave away his vast fortune earlier than he had expected because of .
A.his weakening health condition
B.his parents' suggestions
C.his great success in business
D.his concerns for suffering people
B
An unlucky Singaporean thief picked up six years of hard labor after the unique（独特的）ring of the mobile phone he stole led police straight to him . Pretending to be a police detective, Rahman Magundario robbed two teenagers in a park, told them to turn their backs and stole the $140 phone , court documents show . If he had chosen another target （目标）in the mobile mad city state , he might have got off the hook . His number was up a short while later when the victim（受害人）heard the characteristic tune he had programmed into the phone . An unsuspecting buyer , who paid $70 in a coffee shop for what he thought was Magundario's mobile , pointed police to the thief . The 39-year-old was sentenced for threatening the teenagers and pretending a police officer. "He got six years of corrective training," a court official said. "It's worse than a prison sentence."
60.The police caught the thief without any difficulty mainly because .
A.the buyer pointed police to the thief
B.the thief pretended a police officer
C.the ring of the stolen mobile phone was different from that of others
D.the thief robbed two teenagers in a park
61.It can be learned from the text that Magundario .
A.stole the phone for money
B.sold the mobile phone for its unique ring
C.pretended a police officer because he looked like a policeman
D.was sentenced six years in prison
62.What can be inferred from the story?
A.Many people in the city have mobile phones.
B.The thief would rather pick up six years of hard labor.
C.The thief would have escaped being caught if he hadn't sold the stolen phone.
D.The police recognized the thief when they heard the ring.
63.By saying "His number was up a short while later", the writer means .
A.the thief knew the mobile phone number soon afterwards
B.the thief lost his luck before long
C.the thief forgot the mobile phone number a moment later
D.someone dialed the mobile phone number at that time
C
Sometimes, something that is considered to be negative turns out to be an advantage on the job. Though he is only 18 years old and blind, Suleyman Gokyigit is among the top computer technicians and programmers at InteliData Technologies Corp., a large software company with several offices across the United States.
"After our company united with another one last October, two different computer networks were driving us crazy," recalls Douglas Braun, the InteliData president. "We couldn't even send e-mail to each other." In three weeks Mr. Gokyigit created the software needed to connect the two networks. "None of the company's 350 other employees could have done the job in three months," says Mr. Braun. "Suleyman can 'see' into the heart of the computer."
Mr. Gokyigit's gift, as Mr. Braun calls it, is an unusual ability to form an idea of the inside of a machine. "The computer permits me to reach out into the world and do almost anything I want to do," says Mr. Gokyigit.
The young programmer is at home with hardware as well, thanks partly to a highly developed sense of touch. Mitzi Nowakowski, an office manager at InteliData, remembers how he easily disconnected and reconnected their computer systems during a move last year. "Through feel, Suleyman can find the position of connectors, pins and wires much faster than most other people with sight," he says.
Much of the student programmer's speed comes from his ability not to be interrupted while at the computer. When typing, he listens carefully to the synthesizer (合成器). His long, thin fingers fly over the keyboard. "Nothing seems to shake his attention," says Mrs. Nowakowski, his boss.
Mr. Gokyigit is the only company employee who is available (可找到的) 24 hours a day. "We consider him our top problem solver," says Mr. Braun.
64.According to Mr. Braun, Suleyman_______
A. can work wonders on computer
B. is the best technician in the world
C. has done a hard job in three months
D. has united InteliData Technologies Corp. with another computer company
65.The underlined part "is at home with hardware" ( paragraph 4 ) means_______
A. is good at dealing with computer hardware
B. is fond of computer hardware
C. works with computer hardware at home
D. feels comfortable when working with computer hardware
66.Suleyman was quick while at the computer mostly because of_______
A. his blindness B. his attention on the synthesizer
C. his long, thin fingers D. his ability not to be interrupted
67.What does the text mainly tell us?
A. Computer technicians are more likely to be gifted.
B. One's disadvantages may prove to be advantages.
C. The disabled can also play an important role in society.
D. Top computer scientists have unusual abilities to form ideas of computers.
D
To protect you and your fellow passengers, the Transportation Security Administration (TSA ) is required by law to inspect all checked baggage . As part of this process, some bags are opened and inspected. Your bag was among those selected for inspection.
During the inspection, your bag and its contents may have been searched for items forbidden by law such as fireworks, fuels, gunpowder, etc. At the completion of the inspection , the contents were returned to your bag , which was resealed（重新封口）with a "special" lock .
If the TSA screener was unable to open your bag for inspection because it was locked, the screener may have been forced to break the locks on your bag. TSA sincerely regrets having to do this, and has taken care to reseal your bag upon completion of inspection. However , TSA is not liable for damage to your locks resulting from this necessary security precaution（预防措施）.
For packing tips and other suggestions that may assist you during your next trip, visit:
WWW.TSATravelTips.us
We appreciate your understanding and cooperation. If you have questions , comments , or concerns ,please feel free to contact（联系）the Transportation Security Administration Consumer Response Center :
Phone : toll-free at (866) 289-9673
Email :
*Section 110(b)of the Aviation and Transportation Security Act of 2001, 49, U. S. C.§44901(c)-(e)
68.This leaflet (宣传单) is trying to .
A.introduce one of the security acts
B.persuade people to contact TSA
C.inform people of baggage inspection
D.warn against the damage of locking the baggage
69.The leaflet is most probably provided by TSA to those who .
A.refused to check in their baggage
B.had their baggage selected for inspection
C.kept some damaged items in their baggage
D.left their baggage unlocked
70.What is the meaning of "liable" as it is used in the text ?
A.responsible by law B.permitted by law
C.suitable by law D.prepared by law
71.Which of the following items is probably allowed in the checked baggage?
E
All plant cells are capable of taking up water. Even dead ones do to a certain degree. Absorption of water by dead cell walls makes wood become larger. In common land plants, the living cells of roots take up most of the water. Land plants without roots do exist, however. Those greenish-yellow lichens（苔藓）you see on rocks in the high mountains have no roots . Half a billion years ago, when water plants started to enter the land, the first land plants did not have roots.
Even among the flowering plants, one finds rootless forms. These flowering plants are "the higher plants" because they evolved（进化） recently and are thus considered higher on the evolutionary scale（进化树）. In the Peruvian desert, there grows one of these rootless higher plants, a bromeliad. It is a relative of the pineapple. Even if this plant had roots, they would be of no use, because where the plant grows, it never rains. The plant gets its water only from the dew（露水）it collects at night , when its leaves cool off . Such rootless plants, of course, can be moved with ease, but they will only grow when they are placed out in the open. If they are placed too near a house, the radiation from the heat of the house prevents the leaves from cooling and so prevents dew from forming,and the plant dies.In the southern United States and in Puerto Rico,one sees bromeliadsgrowing high above the streets on the insulation（绝缘物）of electric wires . These plants get their water from rain, and the only soil they ever come in contact with is the dust that may blow on their leaves.
72.Wood becomes larger because of .
A.dead cell walls B.water entering dead cells
C.the growth of cells D.the death of cells
73.From the passage we know that the evolutionary scale is graded according to .
A.evolutionary cycles B.heights and depths
C.time D.kinds
74.The "bromeliad" is a plant that .
A.has useless roots B.is a pineapple
C.can grow anywhere D.takes up water through its leaves
75.The most suitable title for this passage is " ".
A.Absorption of water by plants B.Rootless plants
C.Plants in the desert D.Higher plants
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
I went to the Summer Palace last week. At the gate
I happened to meet some American tourists. I greeted to 76.
them in English and then we began to chat . I got know 77.
that they were college students travel in China . Most of 78.
them were fond of Chinese medicine . They are busy taking 79.
pictures and were much impressed with the changes that 80.
had been taken place in the past few years as well . After 81.
that , we went boating on a lake and having a good time . 82.
We exchanged our email address so that we could write to 83.
each other in future . They thanked us again and again. I 84.
was very glad to have a chance to practising my oral English . 85.
第二节：书面表达（满分25分）
某英语报正在就中学生可不可以带手机上学这一话题开展讨论。假如你是李华，请你根据下表所提供的信息，向该报编辑写一封英文信，发表观点。
注意：1.信的开头和结尾已为你写好，不计入总词数；2.词数：100左右。
Dear Editor ;
I'm a senior three student . I'm writing to tell you my opinion
NO:10 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(十)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节 (共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分)
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. At what time did Jimmy come?
A.About 2∶30. B. At 3∶30. C. At 5∶20.
2. Where does this conversation most probably take place?
A. In a hotel. B. At an airport. C. In a library.
3. What does the woman tell the man to do?
A. Wait while she looks for the book he wants.
B. Wait while she gets the information he wants.
C. Call again after she gets the information about the library hours.
4. What's the man's telephone number?
A. 210510. B. 216510. C. 210516.
5. What news did the woman get from the man?
A. Susan will leave for Beijing very soon.
B. Mary will leave Shanghai very soon.
C. Susan will leave for Shanghai very soon.
第二节（共 15 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题 5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第 6 段材料，回答第 6 至 8 题。
6. On which day of February will the painting class start?
A. 16th. B. 18th. C. 20th.
7. How many times a week will a learner go to the painting class?
A. Once. B. Twice. C. Three times.
8. How much will a member of the painting club pay?
A. 140 dollars. B. 100 dollars. C. 70 dollars.
听第 7 段材料，回答第 9 至 11 题。
9. What is the woman going to do?
A. To buy a ticket.
B. To board a plane.
C. To meet a friend at the airport.
10. What must the woman do in order to get to the place she wants to go?
A. Walk through three yards and turn left at the end.
B. Turn left at the end and walk further to a sign.
C. Turn left at the ticket counter and walk further.
11. Why does the man draw the woman a map?
A. He is afraid of misunderstanding.
B. The man wants to please her.
C. To show off his skill in drawing.
听第 8 段材料，回答第 12、13 题。
12. What's the girl's trouble?
A. She can't decide whether to go to university or get a job.
B. She can't find a suitable job.
C. She wants to go to college but her parents don't agree.
13. What do her parents want her to do?
A. To start working at once.
B. To wait until a proper time.
C. To study economics at a university.
听第 9 段材料，回答第 14 至 16 题。
14. What's the probable relationship between the two speakers?
A. Schoolmates. B. Workmates. C. Strangers.
15. Why is Jeanie here earlier?
A. To meet her friend. B. To have a class. C. To go over her homework.
16. How is Jack feeling before the test?
A. He is calm. B. He worries about it. C. He hopes to get an A.
听第 10 段材料，回答第 17 至 20 题。
17. Why didn't Mr Black offer Room 411 to the three men at first?
A. The key had been lost.
B. It was too small for three men.
C. It was not bright enough.
18. How much did Mr Black first ask each man for the room?
A. $ 30. B. $ 10. C. $ 9.
19. Why did the assistant return only $ 6 to the men?
A. The manager had asked him to do so.
B. He couldn't divide the money for the three men.
C. He wanted to make some money for himself.
20. How were the manager and his assistant different in behaviour?
A. The manager was honest but his assistant was not.
B. The assistant was clever but the manager was not.
C. The manager did not know how to make money, but the assistant did.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第二册 1－3单元）
21.What impressed me most was that they never . (93 上海高考)
A. lose hearts B. lose their heart C. lose heart D. lose their hearts
22.Good technique in medicine means less pain and fewer deaths and, it is our duty to
master it. (92 上海高考)
A. altogether B. therefore C. otherwise D. however
23.—Daddy,would you buy me an MP3 player if I do well in the first city-wide examination ?
—I ,I promise .
A.would B.shall C.will D.do
24.When you rewrite the paragraph,I advise you to the last sentence as it is rather misleading .
A.point out B.make out C.leave out D.put out
25.We are practising playing improvement.
A. in the hope of B. in this hoping C. hoping get D. to hope to get
26.They had great trouble the little poor girl to stop .
A. to persuade; crying B. by persuading ; to cry
C. persuading ; crying D. in persuading ; to cry
27.－What do you think children need most ?
－Many things,but they need love and education.
A.in all B.at all C.after all D.above all
28.We liked the oil painting better we looked at it.
A.the more B.the monent C.than D.while
29.My friend Paul was cheated when he paid $ 1,000 for that second-hand car ; it was not worth
.
A.that all much B.all that much C.that much all D.much all that
30.－How does it happen that your business goes wrong?
－But I have done all that is by law .
A.requested B.judged C.desired D.required
31.Women prefer to think and then speak , while men like to speak as they .
A.think B.have thought C.thought D.are thinking
32.－Listen,what is that ?
－Oh,it sounds like Mother upstairs,
A.coming B.to come C.came D.comes
33.－I'd like to go to the cinema with you, Dad.
－Sorry, my dear, but the film is for grown-ups only.
A. admitted B. intended C. promised D. permitted
34.They are teachers and don't realize to start and run a company .
A.what it takes B.what takes it C.what they take D.what takes them
35.—Good evening , Mr .Pierce . I'm sorry to bother you . But its the fourth of December today .
—Mrs . Baxter , rent ! I'm sorry it's late . I'll write you check right now .
A.the; the B.a; a C.a; the D.the ; a
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
The ship first appeared as a small point on the horizon (地平线).We had grown 36 at the delay and cheered when we saw it . For most of us this was an 37 event , because the small object that had come into view was a warship . Husbands , fathers , brothers and 38 were coming home after a(n) 39 of four years . We were 40 that the ship would arrive in about 45 minutes . We cheered more 41 than ever .
The harbour（海港）had rarely 42 such a colourful scene . It was decked out (装饰) with flags and we were all wearing 43 summer clothes . The time we waited seemed 44 ; but little by little the point took the 45 of a ship and , soon , it came so near that we could 46 its name : Candia, on the ship .
Now the crowd could hardly be 47 . People were jumping up and down , waving; and little boys climbed onto 48 vehicles (车辆)to get a better view . As the ship came into the harbour , everybody 49 eagerly at the troops lined along the railings（栏杆).Soldiers 50
waved to us wildly , shouting out the names of people they 51 or wanted to see . The two young men in the 52 with a Welcome Home! banner almost fell over in their 53 to lift it higher . Women were crying ; others 54 ; and some did not quite know whether to laugh or cry . Now the troops were 55 above us .Our excitement had mounted to a peak (顶峰), for soon they would come on shore .
36.A.excited B.overjoyed C.anxious D.impatient
37.A.unexpected B.important C.interesting D.encouraging
38.A.friends B.sisters C.officers D.soldiers
39.A.expectation B.wait C.absence D.disappearance
40.A.known B.announced C.explained D.informed
41.A.anxiously B.loudly C.hurriedly D.surprisedly
42.A.gained B.offered C.seen D.missed
43.A.good B.comfortable C.thin D.gay
44.A.endless B.limited C.enjoyable D.short
45.A.advantage B.lead C.form D.size
46.A.make out B.find out C.let out D.pick out
47.A.pushed back B.held back C.managed D.comforted
48.A.new B.attractive C.moving D.still
49.A.smiled B.whistled C.stared D.glanced
50.A.at sea B.in sight C.on land D.on board
51.A.saw B.recognized C.loved D.heard
52.A.crowd B.troops C.place D.ship
53.A.hurry B.carelessness C.excitement D.disappointment
54.A.smiling B.laughing C.screaming D.shouting
55.A.directly B.highly C.hardly D.probably
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
One of Britain's bravest women told yesterday how she helped to catch suspected (可疑的) police killer David Bieber -- and was thanked with flowers by the police. It was also said that she could be in line for a share of up to ￡30,000 reward money.
Vicki Brown, 30, played a very important role in ending the nationwide manhunt. Vicki, who has worked at the Royal Hotel for four years, told of her terrible experience when she had to steal into Bieber's bedroom and to watch him secretly. Then she waited alone for three hours while armed police prepared to storm the building.
She said: "I was very nervous. But when I opened the hotel door and saw 20 armed policemen lined up in the car park I was so glad they were there."
The alarm had been raised because Vicki became suspicious (怀疑) of the guest who checked in at 3 pm the day before New Year's Eve with little luggage and wearing sunglasses and a hat pulled down over his face. She said: "He didn't seem to want to talk too much and make any eye contact (接触)." Vicki, the only employee on duty, called her bosses Margaret, 64, and husband Stan McKale, 65, who phoned the police at 11 pm.
Officers from Northumbria Police called Vicki at the hotel in Dunston, Gateshead, at about 11:30 pm to make sure that this was the wanted man. Then they kept in touch by phoning Vicki every 15 minutes.
"It was about ten past two in the morning when the phone went again and a policeman said 'Would you go and make yourself known to the armed officers outside?'. My heart missed a beat."
Vicki quietly showed eight armed officers through passages and staircases to the top floor
room and handed over the key.
"I realized that my bedroom window overlooks that part of the hotel, so I went to watch. I could not see into the man's room, but I could see the passage. The police kept shouting at the man to come out with his hands showing. Then suddenly he must have come out because they shouted for him to lie down while he was handcuffed (戴上手铐)."
56.The underlined phrase "be in line for" ( paragraph 1 ) means____
A. get B. be paid C. ask for D. own
57.Vicki became suspicious of David Bieber because_____
A. the police called her
B. he looked very strange
C. he came to the hotel with little luggage
D. he came to the hotel the day before New Year's Eve
58.Vicki's heart missed a beat because______.
A. the phone went again B. she would be famous
C. the policemen had already arrived D. she saw 20 policemen in the car park
59.David Bieber was most probably handcuffed in_______.
A. the passage B. the man's room
C. Vicki's bedroom D. the top floor room
60.The whole event probably lasted about hours from the moment Bieber came to the
hotel to the arrival of some armed officers.
A. 6 B. 8 C. 11 D. 14
B
In the world today , there are millions of surveillance cameras , or "spy cams", watching and monitoring our daily activities . There are some benefits of course , as people who are breaking laws can be watched and caught using cameras and this helps keep out society and public places safe .
These cameras are everywhere and most are openly visible on roads , in airports , businesses , shopping centers and government buildings and even in lifts . Even schools have started using spy cams to watch student activity and behaviour .
The cameras are so common now that we hardly ever even notice them . But the problem lies with the ones that are hidden away from our eyes and are unseen . Technology has helped develop tiny cameras that can be very well hidden and they can spy on shoppers , workers , babysitters and people in hotels and clubs without the people even knowing .
It is these spy cams that people feel are an invasion of privacy . Recently , in the U.S ., there have been a number of court cases against babysitters whose actions have been recorded by their employers on hidden cameras .
The number of cameras in public and private areas is on the increase and with rising crime rates and the recent terrorist attacks , more and more surveillance cameras are being used to watch us . This means that we all have to be aware that our employers , department stores , police and even some of our friends could be spying on us at any time !
61.In the writer's opinion , surveillance cameras .
A.do more good than wrong B.are overused
C.should be very popular D.ought to be more widely used
62.In what way can the surveillance camera benefit the public ?
A.By helping keep social safety . B.By monitoring the employees .
C.By watching the students in class . D.By spying on customers .
63.According to paragraphs 3 and 4 , people the use of hidden cameras .
A.object to B.agree to C.feel happy about D.are fearful of
64.Spy cams will be more widely used in the future because .
A.all people want to spy B.of the invasion of privacy
C.people enjoy being watched D.of terrorist attacks
C
OVER 22 million dead animals that have never been seen by the public before were on display last week in London , Britain . The selection is one of the biggest and the best in the world and the Natural History Museum hopes that it will help people understand nature better .
People were able to examine the animals , which range from tiny insects that lived millions of years ago to the bones of dinosaurs （恐龙）and butterflies （蝴蝶）in amazing detail .
The scientific specimens （标本）are all either stored in alcohol（酒精）or made in a fossil （化石）form and have been given to the new Darwin Centre by scientists and researchers over the last hundred years .
The center , named after the world famous scientist Charles Darwin , will be open free to the public . It is part of the much larger Natural History Museum , which attracts over 2 million visitors a year .
The new museum has actual specimens caught by Darwin , including a parrotfish and pipefish he caught while on his journey around the world . There are also lots of other specimens caught by famous explorers that lived over 150 years ago , which include a tusk （长牙）from an African elephant given by famous British scientist David Livingstone .
People can view specimens close up , watch videos of scientists at work , look at information on computers , and look up through the seven-storey storage hall to sense the huge scale of whats inside . They are also able to take guided tours and join live events with scientists .
Another section of the museum is being planned . When it opens in 2007 , there will be an extra 28 million insects on display and 6 million plants .
65.By visiting the museum , one can .
A.enrich his knowledge of the universe
B.have a better understanding of the world
C.get to know the animal world better
D.see all kinds of dead animals
66.The dead animals on display .
A.were mainly caught by Charles Darwin
B.are specimens presented by scientists and researchers
C.have mostly been unseen by the public before
D.are the best selection in the world so far
67.If you go to visit Darwin Centre , you .
A.will have to buy a ticket
B.will be allowed to touch the exhibits
C.won't be charged
D.will check information on a computer first
68.What would be the best title for the text ?
A.Natural History Museum B.A New Darwin Centre
C.History of the animal D.Time You Can Touch
D
During the last ten years , several important new technologies have affected advertising considerably . One was the penetration（渗透）of cable television and satellite receivers into a vast number of American homes . Many cable channels are devoted to single types of programming , such as straight news , home shopping , sports , or comedy . This has changed television from the most widespread of mass media to a somewhat more specialized medium . Now smaller companies and companies with products that interest a limited market can use television to reach audiences with particular interests .
Another change in the TV world has been the growing presence of videocassette recorders . For many customers , watching movies on video at home has replaced going to the movie theater . Advertisers have watched this trend with interest . Some videos now begin with an ad , shot in a suitable cinematic cycle , that sells a product valued by that particular movies audience .
Computer technology has had its own effect. Personal computers , modems , electronic mails , electronic bulletin boards , even fax machines give advertisers new media for reaching potential（潜在的）customers. But these choices are largely replacements for print media , and their advertising trends to be more information-oriented than image-oriented . The increased number of computer users has benefited advertisers in another way as well . Now even the smallest companies can maintain a database（数据库）for direct mail . This , too , is an excellent medium for reaching people with particular interests .
Today advertising is a powerful means that announces the availability （实用性）and location of products , expresses the quality and value of those products , and even fills brands with personality while at the same time defining the personality of the people who buy them . In turn , advertising itself is shaped by the technology used to convey its message to potential customers .
69. make it possible for small companies to send advertisements to audiences specially
interested in their products .
A.Single types of TV programming B.Mass media
C.Particular interests D.New technologies of TV sets
70.As more and more people have begun to use computers , advertisements can be directly sent to
particular costumers .
A.by electronic bulletin board B.by post
C.by e-mail D.by fax machines
71.The best title of this passage might be .
A.The Information Age of Advertising . B.Mass Media and Advertising
C.Technologies of Advertising D.Advertising and Customers
E
Science and technology have advanced at such a rate that cloning （克隆）has now become a reality . The possibility of cloning humans is a serious issue and raises ethical （伦理的）questions . In my opinion , cloning is useful for research into cures for disease .However ,I think that it needs to be approached with caution and carefully monitored by governments .
Research into cloning and stem cell（干细胞）production is primarily aimed at finding new treatments for currently incurable illnesses . While this would improve the quality of life for many ,not enough is understood about what effects cloning would have on the world in the future . This is primarily because we do not understand enough about the effects of cloning and both the physical and psychological effects that is likely to have on cloned humans and on the rest of the world . Furthermore , it is thought that a cloned human would be unlikely to survive birth and would suffer from complications resulting from malformed（畸形的）organs .
There are also quite serious ethical issues in danger . In essence , those who are against cloning would argue that scientists have no right to play God and to interfere with natural processes . Producing embryos （晶胚）for the purpose of harvesting stem cells for research presents important questions about the nature and status of the embryo being produced . It may also make us question whether throwing it away after use reduces the value we place on human life .
I conclusion I do not agree that research into cloning using human embryos should continue . This is not only because it may reduce the value we place on human life , but also because not enough is known about the effects . However , I do think that if there is a way to produce stem cells using cloning which does not put human life at risk , then governments should continue to support it .
72.What is the writer's general opinion on cloning ?
A.It is useful in every area of research
B.It needs to be carefully controlled by governments .
C.It is useful for research into cures for disease if it is controlled .
D.It is only useful for research into cures for disease .
73.The writer's main reason against cloning is that .
A.not enough is known about the effects of cloning
B.a cloned human would be likely to die of malformed organs
C.cloning has negative physical and psychological effects on clones
D.it would affect the quality of life for many
74.The main argument in Paragraph 3 is that .
A.scientists do not value human life
B.the process of cloning needs to be questioned
C.cloning devalues human life
D.scientists should not interfere with natural processes
75.In Paragraph 4 , the writer thinks governments should .
A.not put human life at risk
B.support all forms of research into stem cell production
C.not support any form of research into stem cell production
D.support research into stem cell production harmless to human life
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节，短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
One day Li Ping was riding in the street when
the old man came across the street without noticing 76.
her . The old man knocked down . Instead of helping 77.
him standing up , Li Ping shouted at the old man angrily . 78.
The old man said nothing more . Then Li Ping rode away 79.
at a high speed . Several minutes late , she remembered her 80.
shoe which had been on the backseat of the bicycle , but 81.
now they are missing . She hurried back to the place 82.
where the accident took place . To his surprise , Li Ping 83.
found the old man was waiting her . Li Ping felt really 84.
ashamed when the old man handed the shoes back to her . 85.
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
假定你家住Manhattan 的朋友Mike 想从网上购买一本有关网络（web）的书。以下是一售书网站提供的有关web的新书信息。请据此给你的朋友用英语写信推荐此书。
注意：词数100字左右。生词：网址——website，专家——expert.
Dear Mike ,
Yours,
LiHua
NO:11 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(十一)
第一部分 听力(共两节,满分30分)
第一节 (共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分)
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. What did the man mean?
A. He had little ink in his pen.
B. He could lend her an extra pen.
C. He could offer her a pencil.
2. What will they do first?
A. Fix the light. B. Write the letter. C. Look for the pen.
3. What's the woman going to do?
A. Visit the Browns.
B. Mail an invitation to the Browns.
C. Invite Helen to the party.
4. When does the second bus leave on Saturdays?
A. At 7∶30. B. At 8∶30. C. At 9∶30.
5. What is the man?
A. A ticket seller. B. A writer. C. A passenger.
第二节（共 15 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题 5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第 6 段对话，回答第 6 ～ 8 题。
6. How many people will probably live in the room?
A. Only one. B. Two. C. Three.
7. How long will the man stay?
A. One day. B. Four days. C. A week.
8. How much will the man pay for his stay?
A. $ 420. B. Less than $ 420. C. $ 60.
听第 7 段材料，回答第 9 至 11 题。
9. What's the relationship between the two speakers?
A. Doctor－patient. B. Teacher－student. C. Husband－wife.
10. What do we learn about the man?
A. The man is badly ill.
B. The man has caught a cold.
C. The man doesn't have a cold at all.
11. What did the woman do with the man's trouble?
A. She took some hot water for him to use.
B. She told him to go to bed.
C. She telephoned the doctor immediately.
听第 8 段材料，回答第 12 至 14 题。
12. Where does the woman want to go?
A. She wants to go to the park.
B. She wants to go to the English Language Institute.
C. We can't get the answer from the dialogue.
13. Where are the speakers?
A. Maybe in the park.
B. In a department store.
C. Maybe at the station.
14. Which road should she take when she comes to the end of the path?
A. The road on the left.
B. The road on the right.
C. The road leading to the park.
听第 9 段材料，回答第 15 至 17 题。
15. Who posted the radio back?
A. The woman's doctor.
B. The woman's cousin's daughter.
C. The man's cousin.
16. What's wrong with the radio?
A. The radio can't pick up any programs.
B. The voice is not clear and it makes noise.
C. The radio can't pick up programs broadcast by other countries.
17. What does the shop assistant think about the problem?
A. He cannot explain.
B. He thinks the radio is not used in the right way.
C. The radio must have been left in the rain.
听第 10 段材料，回答第 18 至 20 题。
18. What will the person do?
A. Make advertisements for Webster toys.
B. Sell Webster toys in the Far East.
C. Design toys in Singapore.
19. What language will the person speak?
A. English and a Far Easter language.
B. English or any other Far Eastern language.
C. English and one other language.
20. What does “Someone who can stand on his own feet”mean?
A. Someone who does not stand on other people's feet.
B. Someone who can understand money.
C. Someone who can work by himself.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第二册 ４－６单元）
21.The boy threw a stone into the river which the smooth surface of the water.
A. broke B. disturbed C. bothered D.interrupted
22.— Do you mind if I practise playing the piano here?
— .
A. No, please don't B. I don't want you to
C. I'm afraid I don't C. I'd rather you didnt
23. Mr. Zhang gave the textbooks to all the pupils except who had already taken them. (MET92)
A. the ones B. ones C. some D. the others
24.That passenger was very impolite to the conductor, of course, made things even worse.
A. who B. whom C. what D. which
25.At time does the salesgirl get up late in the morning, for she is always too busy
a good rest.
A. no; to take B. no; taking C. any; to take D. one; taking
26. the house Mr Zhang has been broken into?
A. When was it that B. When has C. Has D. Had
27.With a little care he that accident.
A. would avoid B. could avoid C. could have avoided D. must have avoided
28.—Tom isn't so strong as he , is he?
—Yes. He is his two brothers.
A. thinks; no stronger than B. expects; as strong as
C. appears; stronger than D. looks; the strongest of
29.My only desire is in good health.
A. his family to be B. for his family to be C. to his family being D. his family been
30.Bill Gates said he was stepping down after 25 years as company leader, but would
remain as chairman of the company.
A. the ; the B. a ; a C. the ; 不填 D. 不填；不填
31.－Do you mind if Jack joins in your work?
－Yes, I do. I'll be glad to work with Jack.
A. anybody but B. everybody and C. nobody but D. all besides
32.What a pity! I missed meeting my boss at the airport because my car was in the traffic jam.
A. broken up B. kept back C. held up D. kept up
33.－Oh, my God! It's just a sea of cars. How can you your car?
－That's easy. Mine is coloured differently from any other one.
A. find out B. pick out C. take out D. get out
34 They would rather spend time than in the street.
A. read;wander B. reading;wandering
C. is reading;to wander D. reading;wander
35.—Do you know when the Chinese custom from?
—It's hard to say. But its characteristics the Tang Period.
A. began; prove B. started; show C. is; appear D. dates; suggest
第二节:完形填空(共20小题:每小题1. 5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项
As Christmas is coming, there are presents to be bought, cards to be sent, and rooms to be cleaned. Parents are 36 with difficult jobs of hiding presents from curious young children. If the gifts are large, this is sometimes a real 37 .On Christmas Eve, young children find the excitement almost unbearable. They are torn between the wish to go to bed early so that Father Christmas will bring their presents quickly and the wish to 38 up late so that they will not 39 the fun. The wish for gifts usually proves stronger. But though children go to bed early, they often lie 40 for a long time, hoping to get a short 41 at Father Christmas.
Last Christmas, my wife and I 42 hid a few large presents in the storeroom. I 43 the moment when my son, Jimmy, would 44 me where that new bike had come from, but 45 he did not see it.
On Christmas Eve, 46 took the children hours to go to sleep.It must have been nearly 47 when my wife and I went quietly into their room and began 48 stockings. Then I pushed in the 49 I bought for Jimmy and left it beside the Christmas tree. We knew we would not get much sleep that night, for the children were 50 to get up early. At about five o'clock the next morning, we were 51 by loud sounds coming from the children's room--they were shouting excitedly! 52 I had time to get out of bed, young Jimmy came riding into the room on his new bike, and his sister, Mary, followed closed behind pushing her new baby carriage. 53 the baby arrived. He moved 54 the hands and knees into the room dragging a large balloon behind him. Suddenly it burst. That woke us up 55 . The day had really begun with a band (巨响)！
36.A. faced B. met C. filled D. pleased
37.A. question B. matter C. problem D. business
38.A. get B. stay C. stand D. wake
39.A. lose B. break C. miss D. leave
40.A. awake B. wake C. asleep D. sleep
41.A. look B. stare C. glare D. watch
42.A. hopefully B. busily C. gladly D. successfully
43.A. liked B. feared C. surprised D. hated
44.A. answer B. tell C. ask D. search
45.A. sadly B. unluckily C. possible D. fortunately
46.A. it B. they C. I D. we
47.A. morning B. midnight C. evening D. daybreak
48.A. filling B. sewing C. mending D. preparing
49.A. present B. stocking C. bike D. tree
50.A. going B. sure C. glad D. excited
51.A. troubled B. frightened C. woken D. shocked
52.A. Before B. After C. Until D. Since
53.A. Even B. And C. Soon D. Then
54.A. with B. on C. over D. by
55.A. all B. nearly C. happily D. completely
第三部分 阅读理解(共20小题; 每小题2分,满分40分)
A
TERNANG, Mon---More than 10,000 people were made homeless in Ternang when the Sungari Mas overflowed its banks yesterday after six days of continuous heavy rain.
Flooding first appeared at mid-afternoon yesterday along the river banks. People straggling higher ground were just in time to get away from the destroy of the flood. Most of the flood victims had to leave their possessions behind.
The flood victims are now housed in various make-shift relief centers in the nearby town of Tulang."Everything possible is being done to help the unfortunate people."A government spokesman said, "In fact, money, food and clothing have begun to come in from public-spirited organizations and generous persons."
According to latest reports it is still raining heavily at Ternang. The whole town is expected to be totally covered by water. So far no casualty has been reported.
56. According to the latest report .
A.it had been raining for six days
B.more than 10,000 people had no place to live
C.the town had already been totally flooded
D.the government tried its best to help the homeless people
57.With the help of the government, the flood victims .
A.were safe at higher place
B.got everything they needed
C.lived comfortably in the relief centers
D.were brought to Tulang within three hours
58.The word "casualty" in the last sentence means .
A.the housed that is being built B.the money that is given to the victims
C.the person killed or injured in an accident D.the things lost in the flood
B
Do you want to live another 100 years or more? Some experts say that scientific advances will one day enable humans to last tens of years beyond what is now seen as the natural limit of the human life span.
"I think we are knocking at the door of immortality (永生)," said Michael Zey, a Montclair State University business professor and author of two books on the future. "I think by 2075 we will see it and that's a conservative estimate (保守的估计)."
At the conference in San Francisco, Donald Louria, a professor at New Jersey Medical School in Newark said advances in using genes as well as nanotechnology (拉米技术) make it likely that humans will live in the future beyond what has been possible in the past. "There is a great push so that people can live from 120 to 180 years," he said. "Some have suggested that there is no limit and that people could live to 200 or 300 or 500 years."
However, many scientists who specialize in ageing are doubtful about it and say the human body is just not designed to last past about 120 years. Even with healthier lifestyles and less disease, they say failure of the brain and organs will finally lead all humans to death.
Scientists also differ on what kind of life the super aged might live. "It remains to be seen if you pass 120, you know; could you be healthy enough to have good quality of life?" said Leonard Poon, director of the University of Georgia Gerontology Centre. "At present people who could get to that point are not in good health at all."
59.By saying "we are knocking at the door of immortality", Michael Zey means___
A. they believe that there is no limit of living
B. they are sure to find the truth about long living
C. they have got some ideas about living forever
D. they are able to make people live past the present life span
60.Donald Louria's attitude toward long living is that________
A. people can live from 120 to 180
B. it is still doubtful how long humans can live
C. the human body is designed to last past about 120 years
D. it is possible for humans to live longer in the future
61.The underlined "it" ( paragraph 4 ) refers to________
A.a great push B. the idea of living beyond the present life span
C. the idea of living from 200 to 300 years D. the conservative estimate
62.What would be the best title for this text?
A.Living Longer or Not B. Science, Technology and Long Living
C. No Limit for Human Life D. Healthy Lifestyle and Long Living
C
Last weeks air quality was better in most parts of China than the previous weeks as the
temperature dropped greatly in nearly all the major cities.
Lanzhou, capital of Northwest China's Gansu Province, measured the weeks worst score on Thursday, 194 on the air quality index--- a medium level of pollution.
Beijings air quality was good, scoring below 100 on the index. Other major cities' air pollution was generally as good as the previous week. Air quality in 10 cities was good with the air quality below 50 on the index in Suzhou, Nantong , Hangzhou, Nanchang, Zhuhai, Zhanjing, Lhasa, Haikou and Kunming. There were 23 cities with air quality registering below 100, including Beijing, Shenyang, Changchun, Xian, Chengdu, Shanghai, Harbin, Guangzhou, Qingdao, Changsha, Guiyang and Wuhan. Another seven cities, Xining, Tianjin, Shijiazhuang, Taiyuan, Lanzhou and Urumqi, were slightly polluted with readings over 100. Suspended particles were the major pollutants in 28 cities, including Beijing, Tianjin, Taiyuan, Harbin, Hohhot, Shenyang, Changchun, Hefei, Wuhan, Xining, Yinchuan, Chengdu, Lanzhou and Urumqi. Nitrogen oxide was the main pollutant in Changsha, Chongqing and Guiyang.
Air Pollution Index in Major Chinese Cities (Oct, 21---28,2000)
63.In the four cities air quality was the best.
A. Beijing's B. Shanghai's C. Guangzhou's D.Wuhan's
64.According to the passage, which one of the following is different from others?
A. Beijing B. Wuhan C. Shenyang D. Changsha
65.The passage mainly wants to tell us .
A.last week's air quality was better than the previous week
B.lots of major cities' air pollution was as good as the previous week
C.air quality in 10 cities was good.
D.Suspended particles and nitrogen oxide were the pollutants
D
The motor vehicle has killed and disabled more people in its brief history than any bomb or weapon ever invented. Much of the blood on the street flows essentially from uncivil behavior of drivers who refuse to respect the legal and moral rights of others. So the killing on the road may be regarded as a social problem.
In fact, the enemies of society on wheels are rather harmless people--- just ordinary people acting carelessly, you might say. But it is a general truth both of law and common morality that carelessness is no excuse when one's actions could bring death or damage to others. A minority of the killers go even beyond carelessness to total negligence（疏忽）.
Researchers have estimated (计算) that as many as 80 percent of all automobile(交通) accidents can be attributed to the psychological condition of the driver. Emotional upsets can distort(歪曲) drivers reactions, slow their judgment, and blind them to dangers that might otherwise clear. The experts warn that it is necessary far every driver to make a conscious effort to keep one's emotions under control.
Yet the irresponsibility that accounts for much of the problem is not confined to drivers, Street walkers regularly violate traffic regulations, they are at fault in most vehicle walker accidents, and many cyclists even believe that they are not subject to the basic rules of the mad.
Significant legal advances have been made towards safer driving in the past few years. Safety standards for vehicle have been both at the point of manufacture and through periodic mad-worthiness inspection. In addition, speed limits have been lowered. Due to these measures, the accident rate has decreased. But the accident experts still worry because there has been little or no improvement in the way drivers behave. The only real and lasting solution, say the experts, is to convince people that driving is a skilled task requiring constant care and concentration. Those who fail to all these things present a threat to those with whom they share the mad.
66.What is the author's main purpose in writing the passage?
A.To show that the motor vehicle is a very dangerous invention
B.To improve understanding between careless drivers and street walkers.
C.To discuss traffic problems and propose solutions.
D.To warn drivers of the importance of safe driving
67.According to the passage, traffic accidents may be regarded as a social problem because .
A.autos have become most destruction(毁灭) to mankind
B.people usually pay little attention to law and morality
C.civilization brings much harm to people
D.the lack of virtue(德行) is becoming more serious
68.Why does the author mention the psychological condition of the driver in Paragraph Three?
A.To give an example of the various reasons for road accidents
B.To show how important it is for drivers to be emotionally healthy.
C.To show some of the inaccurate estimations by researchers.
D.To illustrate the hidden tensions in the course of driving.
69.Who are not mentioned as being responsible of the road accidents?
A. Careless bicycle-riders.
B. Mindless people walking in the street.
C. Irresponsible drivers.
D. Irresponsible manufactures of automobiles.
70.Which of the following best reflects the authors attitude toward a future without traffic accident
problem?
A. Doubtful yet still longing for
B. Happy and rather confident
C. Surprised and very pleased.
D. Disappointed and deeply worried
E
Over the past 10 years, technologies that have combined computers with telephone have developed. Technologies such as PC fax programs and LAN fax servers(局域网传真服务器) have been used to improve fax communications. The latest computer-based technologies are new mechanisms (机制) which use IP (Internet Protocol, 因特网协议) to send faxes, that is, IP fax..
Traditional fax has a fairly simple usage model. First , the user inserts a document into the fax machine, enters the destination fax number and presses the starts button on the machine. The sending machine dials the receiving fax machine. If it connects, the sending machine scans the documents and sends it over the public switched telephone network( PSTN,公共电话交换网) to the receiving machine. At the same time, the receiving machine receives the document and then prints it.
In IP fax system there are two basic transmission modes: store-and-forward mode and real-time mode. Store-and-forward mode has been widely used. In this mode, the entire document is sent to a network-based server that stores it and then sends it to the destination. Real-time IP faxing is similar to traditional fax. Real-time mode allows two fax machines to directly communicate through some standard.
IP fax enabled a fax document to be sent from one person to another. A fax machine or a computer can be used to send or receive the fax. IP fax also allows e-mail to be used to receive faxes. This would enable users to receive faxes anywhere, anything with an internet fax address.
71.The passage deals mainly with .
A. PC fax B.IP fax
C. information technology D. new machines
72.In traditional fax, can be used.
A. even computers B. LAN fax servers
C. e-mail D. only fax machines
73.IP fax can use all of the following to send and receive a fax except .
A. a fax machine B. a receiving machine
C. a computer D. e-mail
74.In real-time IP fax mode .
A. two fax machines communicate directly
B. a network-based server is used
B. users can receive faxes anywhere
D. the PSTN has to be used.
75.In paragraph 2, the word "inserts "can be replaced by .
A. prints B. presses C. puts D. uses
第四部分 写（共两节，满分35分）
第一节：短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
There is a prison in Ireland which allows its prisoners to go
out work every day. They work on the farms 76.
near prison during the day, and come back to have their 77.
evening meal and sleep every evening. Before they are allowed 78.
to go out like this, they have to promise to come every evening. If 79.
they do not promise this, they are not let out.
A night one of the prisoners was invited to have a meal and 80.
a drink with the family of the farmer he was working, 81.
he came back to the prison very late. He had to knock at the 82.
gate several times until the guard came to let him in. 83.
The guard was not like being disturbed at this time, so he said 84.
to the prisoner angrily, "If you come back so late again, or I won't 85.
let you in."
第二节:书面表达(满分25分)
假定你是某报记者, 请根据下表提供的信息写一篇英文稿, 简要报道中国开发西部的有关情况.
注意：a. 短文须包括所有提示要点;适当增加细节,使内容连贯;
b.短文的开头已经给出;
c.100词左右.
New Development for central and Western China
The Chinese government has recently decided to develop central and western China.
NO:12 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(十二)
第一部分:听力(共两节,满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分,满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话,每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置.听完每段对话后,你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题.每段对话仅读一遍.
1.Where does the man plan to travel?
A.West. B.South. C.East.
2.Where is the woman?
A.In a kindergarten. B.In a theatre. C.In her house.
3.What are the two speakers talking about?
A.Some products. B.Some modern houses. C.Some handles.
4.How are the computers?
A.They fail to work.
B.They are working right now.
C.Somebody has taken them.
5.How did the woman feel about the interview?
A.It seemed satisfactory. B.It was surely a success. C.It didn't seem to be satisfactory.
第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6～7题。
6.What didn't the company chairman mention?
A.The new chances. B.The difficulties. C.The payment.
7.What does the man suggest at the end of the talk?
A.The chairman has run the company successfully.
B.The company still has a long way to go.
C.The company will soon come to the end.
听第7段材料，回答第8~9题。
8.What is the probable relationship between the two speakers?
A.Husband and wife. B.Manager and secretary. C.Customer and store-keeper.
9.What does the man want?
A.One ham sandwich and two cheese rolls.
B.One cheese roll and two ham sandwiches.
C.One cheese sandwich and two ham rools.
听第8段材料，回答第10~12题。
10.Why does the man talk to the woman?
A.He wants to get some suggestions from her.
B.He wants to give her some advice.
C.He wants to invite her to spend a holiday with him.
11.Which is mentioned in the talk?
A.Mike had intended to travel with Celia this holiday.
B.Mike had wanted to go sightseeing with Miguel this holiday.
C.Celia had planned to go on a trip with Miguel this year.
12.Why does Mike feel it hard to make the decision to accept the invitation?
A.He has not enough money for the holiday.
B.He does not want to hurt Celia's feelings.
C.He does not like Miguel very much.
听第9段材料，回答第13~16题。
13.How many children does the woman have?
A.Three sons and two daughters.
B.Three daughters and two sons.
C.Three daughters and one son.
14.How does the woman feel about her children?
A.She is proud of them. B.She is disappointed with them.
C.She is tired of them.
15.Which is true according to the talk?
A.Laura is a secretary. B.Rita works in a library. C.Roland works for an airline.
16.According to the talk，which countries has Jerry been to?
A.Russia,Greece,Austria and France.
B.France,Australia,Greece and America.
C.France,America,Greece and Russia.
听第10段材料，回答第17~20题。
17.Where does the speaker's friend live now?
A.Chicago. B.Atlanta. C.San Francisco.
18.What is the speaker?
A.A doctor. B.An office manager. C.An artist.
19.How often do the two friends talk on the phone?
A.Twice a month. B.Every three days. C.Once a week.
20.Which is NOT mentioned by the speaker as a way of communication with her friend?
A.Sending e-mail. B.Writing to each other. C.Chatting on the Internet.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分15分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第二册 7－9单元）
21.－He says he has an uncle studying in America.
－But his father has no brother.
A. more or less B. in fact C. step by step D. in all
22.For a simple ,it is only necessary to wash the area of the skin, dry it and cover it with a
piece of dry clean cloth.
A. bite B. cut C. burn D. bleeding
23.Helen was much kinder to her youngest child than she was to the others , , of course , made
others jealous.
A. what B. which C. that D. who
24.－What place is it?
－Haven't you found we back where we ?
A.are ; were B.were; have been C.are ; had been D.were; had been
25.The diet, , can do some good to people's health.
A. generally speaking B. general speaking
C. generally speak D. speak generally
26.The man wearing a shirt which him well the job.
A. is fit for ; more fits B. doesn't fit for ; better fits
C. fits ; is more fit for D. fits ; doesn't better fit for
27.Who can you turn to in time of danger, if not ?
A. themselves B. them C. they D. theirs
28.If we keep on polluting the environment, the white plastic rubbish will be the last thing to tell
other creature that once an earth.
A. there was B. there is C. it is D. it was
29.－Let's go to the lecture on International Trade this evening.
－That's great. I'll you at 6:30.
A. call up B. call to C. call on D. call for
30.－May we come in right now?
－Certainly, but only two are allowed .
A. at a time B. in a while C. at one time D. for a while
31.—You seem to show interest in cooking.
— ？On the contrary, I'm tired of it.
A. Really B. Pardon C. OK D. What
32.One of the advantages of living on the top floor of a high-rise is that you can get a good .
(2000 上海)
A. sight B. scene C. view D. look
33.According to a new survey, unemployment was at 6.2%, half that in France, Germany.
A. a third fewer than B. third less than C. a third little than D.a third under
34.The man has lived in the small town for 20 years. So he know who is there.
A. somebody ;nobody B. everybody; anybody
C. nobody; everybody D. anybody; everybody
35.－Were all twenty passengers in the bus got injured in the accident?
－No. only four people who got injured.
A.It was B.It were C.There was D.There were
第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分,满分30分）
If you do not use your arms or your legs for some time, they will become weak; and when you start using them again, they will slowly become strong again. 36 knows this, and nobody would think of 37 the fact.
Yet there are many people who 38 to know that the memory works in the same way. When someone says that 39 has a good memory, he 40 means that he keeps his memory 41
practice by exercising it very 42 ,either consciously or unconsciously. When someone else says that his memory is 43 , he means that he does not give it enough 44 to become strong. The position is exactly the same as that of 45 people, one of 46 exercises his arms and legs by playing balls, while the other 47 in a chair or a car all day. If a friend of yours says that his arms are weak, we know that it is his own 48 . But if he tells us that he has a poor memory, 49 of us think that his parents are to blame, or that he is just 50 , and few of us realize that it is just as it was his arms or legs that were weak. Not all of us can become very strong in body or very clever in mind, 51 all of us can improve our strength and our memory by the same means 52 .
Have you ever 53 that people who cannot read or write usually have 54 memories than those who can? Why is this? Of course, because they cannot write down something in a little notebook or something else. They have to remember names, places, songs and stories; so their memory is always being exercised.
In a word, if you want to have a good memory, 55 practise remembering.
36. A. Somebody B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Each one
37. A. proving B. describing C. questioning D. indicating
38. A. want B. need C. have D. seem
39. A. he B. she C. it D. one
40. A. always B. really C. nearly D. almost
41. A. with B. in C. to D. by
42. A. soon B. fast C. quickly D. often
43. A. bad B. useless C. poor D. helpless
44. A. chance B. time C. space D. places
45. A. three B. four C. two D. five
46. A. them B. whom C. that D. which
47. A. lies B. stands C. hides D. sits
48. A. business B. fault C. story D. interest
49. A. few B. some C. several D. many
50. A. unhappy B. unfortunate C. unthinkable D. miserable
51. A. because B. since C. for D. but
52. A. study B. work C. play D. rest
53. A. found B. thought C. noticed D.realized
54. A. better B. poorer C. worse D. stranger
55. A. remember B. try C. do D. need
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
A
As I jogged over the bridge and round the corner on my regular early morning run, he was standing opposite the jewelers looking extremely suspicious(可疑的 ). But the moment he saw me, instead of trying to avoid me, he came straight across the road as I drew level with the jeweler's. Halfway across he began addressing me: I thought you were going to....- but his voice trailed away as he received no reply and no sign of recognition from me. It was quite obvious that he had mistaken me for someone else. But he started up again as if nothing had happened. Good morning, he said. Nice to bump into someone so early. Someone to talk to. I've taken to talking to myself on this job.
I hate meeting people when I'm out early, and I was almost out of breath. I just paused in my stride, nodded in a friendly manner, and went on up the road. The stranger had spoken quietly, and quite slowly. And I had noticed that he was well dressed, too. But if he looked suspicious dressed like that at that time of the morning, what about me? I was in a track suit, with an old sweater round my shoulders and a cap on my head. As to his odd remark about talking to himself on the job, I hadn't paid any attention to it, although now it began to worry me. Was he perhaps a plain clothes policeman? At the time I somehow felt he was.
I had just turned the corner into the High Street when I heard the sound of breaking glass somewhere behind me, and I thought the sound came from the street I had just left. I stopped dead and almost without thinking looked back around the corner. The stranger was not there, but almost immediately an alarm bell in the jeweler's began ringing loudly.
I found out later that a burglar had broken into the jeweler's shop and stolen watches and rings worth about ￡5,000.The police are still looking into the matter, but I' m afraid to go and tell them what I know now because they might even suspect me of committing the crime, and it might be difficult for me to prove my innocence(无罪). After all, l haven't offered my assistance as a witness, and the only other person around that morning was the stranger who had spoken to me.
56.The writer .
A. always goes past the jeweler's B. goes jogging regularly
C. meets a few people every morning D. often sees a policeman in the High Street
57.Which of the following statements is true?
A. The stranger was waiting for someone. B. The stranger hated talking to people.
C. The stranger recognized the writer. D. The stranger had met the writer before.
58.Why did the stranger seem suspicious?
A. He was far too friendly. B. He was dressed too well for that time.
C. He was about to go into the jeweler' s. D. He talked to himself a lot.
59.If the writer had been on the spot, .
A. he might have been badly injured
B. the stranger wouldn't have broken the window
C. he wouldn't have heard the alarm bell
D. he would have seen what happened
60.The writer hasn't told the police what little he knows because .
A. he is afraid they might arrest him
B. he thinks the stranger is innocent
C. the stranger hasn't asked him to be a witness
D. the burglar didn't steal very much
B
Beware of those who use the truth to deceive. When someone tells you something that is true, but leaves out important information that should be included, he can create a false impression. For example, someone might say, "I just won a hundred dollars on the lottery. It was great. I took that dollar ticket back to the store and turned it in for one hundred dollars!"
This guy's a winner, right? Maybe, maybe not. We then discover that he bought two hundred tickets, and only one was a winner. He's really a big loser!
He didn't say anything that was false, but he deliberately left out important information. That's called a half- truth. Half - truths are not technically lies, but they are just as dishonest.
Untrustworthy candidates in political campaigns often use this tactic. Let's say that during Governor Smith's last term, her state lost one million jobs and gained three million jobs. Then she seeks another term. One of her opponents runs an ad saying, "During Governor Smith' s term, the state lost one million jobs! That's true. However an honest statement would have been, During Governor Smith's term, the state had a net gain of two million jobs."
Advertisers will sometimes use half- truths. It' s against the law to make false claims so they try to mislead you with the truth. An ad might boast, "Nine out of ten doctors recommend Yucky Pills to cure nose pimples." It fails to mention that they only asked ten doctors and nine of them work for the Yucky Corporation.
This kind of deception happens too often. It' s a sad fact of life: Lies are lies, and sometimes the truth can lie as well.
61.Which statement is true according to the article?
A. Whenever people tell the truth, they are really lying.
B. You can't trust gamblers.
C. All governors help their states.
D. The truth can be used in dishonest ways.
62.The underlined word "deceive" means .
A. mistake B. ignore C. fool D. repair
63.The author clearly wants people to .
A. think carefully about what they read and hear
B. wear mismatched socks during political campaigns
C. never trust anyone
D. vote for female candidates
64.The best title for this passage would be .
A. Lies Are Lies B. Everyone Lies C. Lying with the Truth D. Nose Pimples
C
It's situated at the centre of the city on elevated ground at Hua Mei Road. Its central location gives you a breathtaking view of the harbour, the sea and the hustling Central Business District. It will be convenient to travel to and from the city during office hours.
Just opposite Lion City Tower is the proposed Parkram MRT Station in the south. Hilltop School is on the right while Manatten Plaza is on the left. An overhead bridge leads to Hilltop Park where you can enjoy relaxing morning and evening walks. The best of facilities is only a stone's throw away: fine hotels, shopping centers, banks, famous schools are all within walking distance.
Lion City Tower is artistically designed, with plush interiors. Surrounded by lush greenery, it boasts of several social and recreational amenities: a club- house, a sauna bath, squash and tennis courts, a swimming pool, a barbecue pit, a tropical garden, a 4-storey car park and a 24 - hour security system.
The ideal home for busy senior executives in the Central Business District.
Sales and Leasing Centre: GOLDEN MANAGEMENT LTD.Tel: ( 12 lines)
65.Which of the following diagrams is most likely to be right location?
M = Manatten Plaza H = Hilltop School L = Lion City Tower P = Parkram MRT Station
66.According to the passage, which of the following statements is true?
A.The average cost of the apartments is 320,000.
B. One apartment in Lion City Tower is ready for visitors.
C. Mrs. Li, a Malaysian cannot buy apartments in Lion City Tower.
D. Mr. Rajah cannot consider buying an apartment because he has only $ 30,000 in hand.
67.Which of the following is not mentioned in the passage?
A. Location. B. Price. C. Security. D. Transportation.
68.This passage is most likely .
A. an advertisement B. a poster C. a letter D. a directory
D
Whoever has made a voyage up the Hudson River must remember the Catskill Mountains. They are a branch of the great Appalachian family, and can be seen to the west rising up to a noble height and towering over the surrounding country, when the weather is fair and settled, they are clothed in blue and purple, and print their beautiful shapes on the clear evening sky, but sometimes when it is cloudless, gray steam gathers around the top of the mountains which, in the last rays of the setting sun, will shine and light up like a crown of glory (华丽的皇冠).
At the foot of these mountains, a traveler may see light smoke going up from a village.
In that village, and in one of the houses (which, to tell the exact truth, was sadly time-worn and weather-beaten), there lived many years ago, a simple, good-natured fellow by the name of Rip Van Winkle.
Rip's great weakness was a natural dislike of all kinds of money-making labor. It could not be from lack of diligence (勤劳), for he could sit all day on a wet rock and fish without saying a word, even though he was not encouraged by a single bite. He would carry a gun on his shoulder for hours, walking through woods and fields to shoot a few birds or squirrels. He would never refuse to help a neighbor, even in the roughest work. The women of the village, too, used to employ him to do such little jobs as their less helpful husbands would not do for them. In a word, Rip was ready to attend to everybody's business but his own.
If left to himself, he would have whistled ( 吹口哨) life away in perfect satisfaction; but his wife was always mad at him for his idleness 懒散). Morning, noon, and night, her tongue was endlessly going, so that he was forced to escape to the outside of the house -- the only side which, in truth, belongs to a henpecked husband.
69.Which of the following best describes the Catskill Mountains?
A. They are on the west of the Hudson River.
B. They are very high and beautiful in this area.
C. They can be seen from the Appalachian family.
D. They gather beautiful clouds in blue and purple.
70.The hero of the story is probably______.
A. hard-working and likes all kinds of work B. idle and hates all kinds of jobs
C. simple, idle but very dutiful D. gentle, helpful but a little idle
71.The underlined words "henpecked husband" in the last paragraph probabl_y means a man who
A. likes hunting B. is afraid of hens C. loves his wife D. is afraid of his wife
72.What would be the best title for the text?
A. Catskill Mountains. B. A Mountain Village.
C. Rip Van Winkle. D. A Dutiful Husband.
E
Thomas Alva Edison lit up the world with his invention of the electric light. Without him, the world might still be a dark place. However, the electric light was not his only invention. He also invented the phonograph, the motion picture camera, and over 1,200 other things. About every two weeks he created something new.
Thomas A. Edison was born in Milan, Ohio, on February 11,1847, His family moved to Port Huron, Michigan, when he was seven years old. Surprisingly, he attended school for only two months. His mother, a former teacher, taught him a few things, but Thomas was mostly self - educated. His natural curiosity led him to start experimenting at a young age with electrical and mechanical things at home.
When he was 12 years old, he got his first job. He became a newsboy on a train that ran between Port Huron and Detroit. He set up a laboratory in a baggage car of the train so that he could continue his experiments in his spare time. Unfortunately, his first work experience did not end well. Thomas was fired when he accidentally set fire to the floor of the baggage car.
Thomas then worked for five years as a telegraph operator, but he continued to spend much of his time on the job conducting experiments. He got his first patent in 1868 for a vote recorder run by electricity. However, the vote recorder was not a success. In 1870, he sold another invention, a stock - ticker, for $ 40,000. A stock- ticker is a machine that automatically prints stock prices on a tape. He was then able to build his first shop in Newark, New Jersey.
Thomas Edison was totally deaf in one ear and hard of hearing in the other, but thought of his deafness as a blessing in many ways. It kept conversations short, so that he could have more time for work. He called himself a "two-shift man" because he worked 16 out of every 24 hours. Sometimes he worked so intensely that his wife had to remind him to sleep and eat.
Thomas Edison died at the age of 84 on October 18,1931 ,at his estate in West Orange, New Jersey. He left numerous inventions that improved the quality of life all over the world.
73.Thomas Edison did things in this order .
A. he became a telegraph operator, a newsboy, and then got his first patent
B. he became a newsboy, got his first patent, and then became a telegraph operator
C. he got a patent, became a telegraph operator, and then became a newsboy
D. he became a newsboy, a telegraph operator, and then got a patent
74.Of all the inventions, was probably the most important for civilization.
A. the vote recorder B. the stock ticker C. the light bulb D. the motion picture camera
75.The main idea of this passage is .
A. Edison was always interested in science and inventions, and he invented many important things
B. Thomas Edison could not keep a job
C. Thomas Edison worked day and night on his experiments
D. Deaf people make good inventors without the distraction of spoken conversation
第四部分:写作(共两节,满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分,满分10分)
When I think of the people whom have influenced 76.
me most in life, my parents, my brother or some 77.
friends come to my mind. From my young age through 78.
the beginning of my adult lives my parents have been 79.
the biggest influence on me. They were taught 80.
me everything I needed to know about take care of myself. 81.
They taught me what to work, speak, and 82.
most important gave my first morals. Everything I am 83.
started with my parents. Not only has my parents 84.
and friends influenced me, also my role - models. 85.
第二节:书面表达(满分25分)
请根据下列英语提示写一篇100-120词的短文.短文的开头已写好, 你只需接着定Subject(主题)
In some countries there is hardly enough food for the growing population. Suggest some ways in which this problem might be solved.
Plan and ideas(提纲)
Introduction
1. Problem of population & food rises in world population.
Development
Possible solutions:
2. Discourage large families.
3. Modernize farming & develop land to produce more food.
4. Export( 出口 )resources to import food.
Conclusion
5.Solutions not easy, but problem can be solved.
Many countries in the world are faced with the problems of an increasing population and a
shortage of food.
NO:13 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(十三)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节 (共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分)
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. Which country did Lazzy go to last week?
A.To Spain. B. To Wales. C. To Egypt.
2. What is the relationship between the man and the woman?
A. Brother and sister. B. Friends. C. Teacher and student.
3. What are they talking about?
A. They are talking about their new room.
B. They are talking about the polluted air in the room.
C. They are talking about their school.
4. When did the plane take off?
A. 12∶15. B. 12∶30. C. 12∶45.
5. What does the man mean?
A. He doesn't like any fruit.
B. He likes both apples and oranges.
C. He likes bananas more than any other fruit.
第二节（共 15 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题 5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第 6 段材料，回答第 6 至 8 题。
6. Where was the bus when the two speakers were talking?
A. At a bus stop. B. On the way to the zoo. C. At the zoo.
7. How will the man recognize the zoo?
A. By being told by the woman.
B. By watching out for the big gate.
C. By watching for the bus stop himself.
8. What can we learn from the conversation?
A. The man took the bus by mistake.
B. The man has been to the zoo before.
C. The bus was crowded with passengers.
听第 7 段材料，回答第 9 至 11 题。
9. What is Yang Mei going to the United States for?
A. To call on the man's grandparents.
B. To work in the States.
C. To see her parents.
10. How long will she stay in the States?
A. Seven months.
B. Half a year.
C. Fifteen weeks.
11. In what way do you think is the cheapest for the people to travel in American?
A. By bus. B. By car. C. By train.
听第 8 段材料，回答第 12 至 14 题。
12. What are they talking about?
A. Going on a tour.
B. Buying a train ticket.
C. Working as a tourist guide.
13. Where are they talking about?
A. Qingdao.
B. Huang Shan.
C. Qiandao Lake.
14. Who has been to Qiandao Lake?
A. The man.
B. The woman.
C. Neither of them.
听第 9 段材料，回答第 15 至 17 题。
15. How did the man find the flat for the woman?
A. He found it by accident.
B. He found it in the newspaper.
C. His friends introduced it to him.
16. How much per month do they have to pay?
A. $ 100. B. $ 120. C. $ 125.
17. Which of the following is a right description of the flat?
A. It's well kept.
B. It's near Emily's college.
C. It's in a noisy area.
听第 10 段材料，回答第 18 至 20 题。
18. Why did the foreign officer get angry?
A. Because the driver had refused his order.
B. Because the Indian didn't understand him.
C. Because his driver didn't agree with him.
19. How many times did the officer give his order to the Indian?
A. Three times B. Four times. C. Twice.
20. How did the officer undestand“No”means“Yes”?
A. He knew from the fact.
B. He was told.
C. He saw the notice.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第二册 10－12单元）
21.一When will you return the novel to me?
一 .
A. As soon as I'll finish it B. Once I have finished reading it
C. Even if I finish reading it D. On finishing reading it
22.You are really very kind. I'll never forget the you've done me.
A. help B. deed C. kind D. favour
23.The officer told the soldiers to their spirits when they were on the point of giving up.
A. keep up B. pick up C. take on D. go on
24.Mrs. Brown was much disappointed to see the washing machine she had went wrong again.(98上海高考)
A. it B. it repaired C. repaired D. to be repaired
25.It was what he meant rather than what he said made me angry.
A. that B. which C. what D. who
26.一Watch!
一 I but I anything unusual.
A. watched; have watched B. have watched; see
C. was watching; wasn't seeing D. am watching; don't see
27.I just remembered something. I've got to the Whites, for we haven't seen each other for long.
A. drop in at B. call on C. make a phone call D. say hello
28.—Do you work in the lab every afternoon?
—No, but sometimes I wish I .
A. have time B. had time to do C. have time to D. had time to
29.－His plan sounds , doesn't it?
－But it's difficult to .
A. good ; carry out B. well ; carry out
C. well ; come me D. good ; be carried out
30.－Will you please me a few minutes?
－Yes, I'd love to, I'll be free later.
A. save ; and B. save ; but C. spare ; and D. spare ; but
31. , I think, and the problems could be settled.
A. If you double your efforts B. So long as you keep your spirits
C. Making greater efforts D. A bit more efforts
32.－Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls?
－Yes. They have better players, so I them to win. (NMET 99)
A. hope B. prefer C. expect D. want
33.If better use is of your spare time, you'll pass the coming examination.
A. thought B. spent C. taken D. made
34.Understanding the culture habits of another nation, especially ______ containing as many
different subcultures as the United States, is a difficult task.
A. one B. the one C. that D. it
35.I'd rather each new student this course.
A. took B. takes C. would take D. must take
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-35各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Just when the time came for Percy to appear on stage, no one could find him anywhere. There was certainly good cause for 36 because Percy is a dangerous snake and he's over six feet 37 .
The 38 for Percy lasted several days and a great number of people took part. The searchers found that some of the boards in Percy's room had 39 and there was a gap in the floor. It seemed 40 that Percy had slipped under the floor and then crept （爬） behind a wall 41 there was a nice warm central heating unit.
The manager suggested that Percy might have 42 some mice behind the wall and eaten them. Then he had probably gone to sleep. As a snake has had a satisfying 43 ,he can sleep for
several days continuously; the searchers made up their minds to act him out. The hot water was 44
turned off immediately and the temperature in the room 45 to a few degrees above zero. But Percy didn't 46 at all. The manager then 47 something else. He placed a dish full of tasty food near the 48 floorboards. Again Percy failed to 49 . With the hot water turned off, it was 50 that Percy must be freezing by now, 51 an electric fire was put into his room to encourage him to come in and warm himself. To help him make up his mind even more quickly, cold 52 was blown under the floorboards. Even these measures did not 53 , so there was only one thing left to do. The next morning the whole wall was carefully knocked down brick by brick so as not to frighten Percy with too much 54 .The hot water pipes began to appear little by little, but, to their astonishment, the searchers found no 55 of Percy anywhere.
36. A. look B. worry C. trouble D. safety
37. A. long B. tall C. old D. high
38. A. look B. search C. worry D. sleep
39. A. fallen B. burned C. risen D. rotted
40. A. probable B. impossible C. interesting D. certain
41. A. because B. where C. as D. that
42. A. frightened B. seen C. found D. tried
43. A. mouse B. breakfast C. meal D. dinner
44. A. therefore B. however C. then D. once
45. A. rose B. fell C. added D. reduced
46. A. wake up B. eat C. drink D. come out
47. A. took B. ordered C. tried D. tested
48. A. broken B. thick C. knocked D. thin
49. A. come B. appear C. perform D. escape
50. A. decided B. right C. lucky D. planned
51 .A. so B. as C. but D. since
52. A. air B. gas C. water D. smoke
53. A. take B. use C. succeed D. complete
54. A. food B. noise C. time D. dust
55. A. sign B. body C. room D. mark
第三部分：阅读理解（满分40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项中，选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。
A
In the days when an ice cream sundae cost much less, a 10-year-old boy entered a hotel coffee shop and sat at a table. A waitress put a glass of water in front of him. "How much is an ice cream sundae?" " Fifty cents", replied the waitress. The little boy pulled his hand out of his pocket and studied a number of coins in it. "How much is a dish of plain ice cream?" he required. Some people were now waiting for a table and the waitress was a bit impatient. "Thirty-five cents", she said rudely. The little boy again counted the coins. "I'll have the plain ice cream," he said. The waitress, brought the ice cream, put the bill on the table and walked away. The boy finished the ice cream, paid the bill and departed. When the waitress came back, she began wiping down the table and then swallowed hard at what she saw. There, placed nearly beside the empty dish, were two five - cent coins and five one-cent coins--her tip.
56.How much money did the boy probably have in his pocket?
A. No more than fifty cents. B. More than fifty cents.
C. Not more than fifty cents. D. Less than fifty cents.
57.Why did the little boy have only a dish of plain ice cream?
A. The plain ice cream cost him much less.
B. He enjoyed the cheaper ice cream better.
C. The coins were not enough for an ice cream sundae.
D. He wanted to save some coins to tip the waitress.
58.We can infer that the waitress might have felt when she got the tip.
A. very surprised B. a bit of shame
C. quite pleased D. a little worried
B
BEIJING-set off by the April 1 Sino-US plane collision and US official agreement of the biggest arms sale to Taiwan in a decade（ten years）as well as remarks by US President Bush on defending Taiwan, there have been increasing hacker attacks on websites of the two countries in the past weeks.
An American group of hackers which calls itself Poizon Box had begun ruining Chinese websites after the April 1 spy plane incident, top Chinese portal sina. com. said.
The Chinese soon attacked back.
On April 29, Chinese hackers invaded two US Government websites over the weekend, forcing the Department of Labour and the Department of Health and Human Services to shut down their sites for a short time.
The US Department of Labour went offline for a few hours after a page in its website was changed to display a picture of Wang Wei, the Chinese pilot who died in the collision.
The page was titled "China hack!" and read, in English, "The whole country is sorry for losing the best son of China- Wang Wei forever, we will miss you until the end of the day."
On May 1 hackers exchanged their remarks in which the official White House website was defaced by a huge amount of e-mail garbage. On May 5, the White House website fell victim（受害者）to a denial of service attack that blocked access（通道）to the site for more than two hours.
The computer Network and Information Security Management office told web operators an average of 100 sites a day had seen "some more form of attack."
59.The best title of the passage is .
A. Sino-US Plane Collision
B. Sino-US Hackers Fighting Cyberwar
C. 100 Sites Being Attacked
D. Cyberwar Continuing
60.What is the correct order of the events?
a. Wang Wei's picture appeared on a US website.
b. Poizon Box destroyed some Chinese website.
c. The access to White House was blocked for over two hours.
d. Hackers exchanged bad remarks.
A. a, b, c, d B. a, c, b, d C. b, a, d, c D. b, a, c, d
61.From the passage we can infer that .
A. US President Bush defended Taiwan
B. all the Chinese people are sorry for losing the best son of China
C. websites in the US and China have been watchful for attacks
D. Chinese hackers began to play an important role in foreign affairs
C
Tears are nature's way of making us feel more comfortable. When our eyes are made uncomfortable by some small pieces of pollution, or when we are cutting onions, or when we are exhausted and red eyes from over work and late hours, tears form in our eyes to clean and refresh them.
Tears are also a sign of strong emotion. We cry when we are sad and we cry when we are happy.
And tears seem to be uniquely（唯独）human. We know that animals also experience emotion--fear, pleasure, loneliness -- but they do not shed （流） tears. From this, we can conclude that tears are closely related to the emotional and biological make up of the human species.
Biologically speaking, tears are actually drops of saline fluid, which is a little bit salty, produced by a gland（腺）in the body. Because salt is an important component, tears may actually constitute the most conclusive evidence that the human animal is the end product of a long evolutionary process that began in the sea.
And it is clear that, in addition to（除了） the emotional benefits（好处）, the shedding of tears has a specific biological function as well. Through tears, we can eliminate from our body certain chemicals which build up in response to stress and create a chemical imbalance in the body. Crying actually makes us feel better by correcting that imbalance and making us feel good again. And thus the emotional and the biological functions of tears merge（合并）into one and make us even more "human" than we would otherwise be.
62.According to the passage, human beings may have originated（起源于）in .
A. the sea B. the salt C. chemicals D. animals
63.Which of the following is NOT a function of tears?
A. Biological B. Emotional C. Political D. Chemical
64.According to the article, which of the following is unique to humans?
A. The feeling of loneliness. B. The state of feeling good.
C. The ability to shed tears D. The feeling of fear
65.The underlined word "eliminate" probably means .
A. add B. produce C. replace D. remove
66.Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A. Tears are a sign of strong emotion.
B. Tears are always making us feel more comfortable.
C. Tears are uniquely human.
D. Tears have certain biological function.
D
Most gift-giving shows nothing more than the spirit of love and friendship. But it is possible to form some associations between the kinds of things bought and the people who buy them..
EXPENSIVE GIFTS Naturally, some gifts will be more expensive than others. But some people give higher priced gifts than necessary for the situation. Someone who gives an expensive gift often feels that he should receive more praise than that if he had given a less expensive one. Therefore he is giving himself a gift, too: status（地位）.
HOMEMADE GIFIS. Making something by hand has become the exception in many countries today. If you receive a home- made gift, you are lucky. It may not be made perfectly, but it will show a certain quality of love.
BOOKS. People who give books as gifts either like reading or would like everyone to think they do. A good way to know this is to find out whether or not the giver bought the book according to how large it is. If you receive a large heavy book, its giver may be much more interested in the way things appear than in the way they actually are. Anyhow, giving a BOOK book can be a way of sharing a feeling or a newly learned meaning. The giver is probably trying to say to you what the book said to him.
67.Which of the following best express the main idea of the passage?
A. Gift－giving may tell us the giver's personality in some way.
B. Most gift－giving shows the spirit of love and friendship.
C. Homemade gifts are more precious than expensive ones.
D. We should be careful in choosing and giving presents.
68.Expensive gifts may imply（暗示） .
A. deep love B. high respects
C. a sense of superiority D. generosity
69.According to the passage, homemade gifts .
A. are very special B. show deep love
C. should be well kept D. both A and B
70.A BOOK book means .
A. a good book about books
B. a large and heavy book
C. a rare and valuable book
D. a book that the giver wants you to read
E
Greenspace facilities（设施）are contributing to an important degree to the quality of the city environment. Fortunately it is no longer necessary that every lecture or every book about this subject has to start with the proof of this idea. At present it is generally accepted, although more as a self- proved statement than on the base of a closely reasoned scientific proof. Recognizing the importance of greenspaces in the city environment is a first step on the right way, this does not mean, however, that enough details are known about the functions of greenspace in towns and about the way in which people are using these spaces. As to this subject I shall within the scope of this lecture, enter into one aspect（方面） only, namely the recreative function of greenspace facilities.
The theoretical separation of living, working, traffic and recreation which for many years has been used in town and country planning, has in my opinion resulted in more attention for forms of recreation far from home, while there was relatively little attention for improvement of recreative possibilities in the direct neighbourhood of the home. We have come to the conclusion that this is not right, because an important part of the time which we do not pass in sleeping or working, is used for activities at and around home. So it is obvious that recreation in the open air has to begin at the street door of the house. The city environment has to offer as many recreation activities as possible, and the design of these has to be such that more, required activities can also have recreative aspect.
The very best standard of living is nothing if it is not possible to take a pleasant walk in the district, if the children cannot be allowed to play in the streets because the risks of traffic are too great, if during shopping you can nowhere find a spot for enjoying for a moment the nice weather, in short, if you only feel yourself at home after the street door of your house is closed after you.
71.The importance of greenspaces in the city environment .
A. has been recognized
B. is paid little attention to
C. is accepted on the base of scientific proof
D. is still unknown
72.For many years town and country planning has .
A. brought living areas and places of entertainment close together
B. separated recreation facilities far from home
C. improved recreative possibilities in the neighbourhood
D. enabled people to reach the best standard of living
73.The word "recreation" in the passage probably means .
A. activities done for pleasure or enjoyment
B. doing something again in a creative way
C. doing something important after work
D. required activities done after work
74.According to the author, greenspaces should be designed .
A. to reduce the number of recreative activities
B. to attract more and more people
C. for people to use more conveniently
D. for people to do recreative activities at the street door of the house
75.The main idea of this passage is that .
A. attention must be paid to the improvement of recreation
B. greenspace facilities should be used better to improve the quality of life
C. the city enviroment is providing more recreative activities
D. we should try our best to raise our living standard
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）
Today is Sunday，I have been studying all day long.On the 76.
morning，I had a dry breakfast.We have no water to drink because 77.
the water supply had cut off.The water had come back in 78.
the evening.I did math then.I didn't stop after 12 o'clock. 79.
After a short lunch I had the break.Then I went to my 80.
Sunday English Class.
After a long and tired class for more than two hours，I got 81.
to home.Some work had been done but some hadn't.I must 82.
review all my subject such as the Sciences，the Humanities， 83.
which include Chinese，English，Politics and History as 84.
well.That's terribly! Especially when there was no water. 85.
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
假定你是李华，有一位美国朋友Smith托你在北京找工作。你看到21世纪英文报（21 Century）上有一则招聘启事，认为对他很合适，请用英文写封短信，用e-mail发给Smith，告知此事。广告原文如下。
注意：1.开头语已为你写好。2.介绍要包含所有要点，但不要逐条翻译。
3.词数100字左右。
Dear Smith,
I know you want to find a job in Beijing.....
NO:14 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(十四)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节（共5小题，共两节，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.How does the man feel about the cancellation （取消）of the trip ?
A.Apologetic B.Excited C.Disappointed .
2.What does the woman mean ?
A.She paid more than the man .
B.She had good fortune when she bought the television .
C.Fifty dollars is too much to pay for a television .
3.What did the man want ?
A.More air . B.A raise . C.A room with a window .
4.What does the woman say about the weather ?
A.It wasn't very cold ,and it snowed a little in December .
B.There wasn't much snow ,but the weather was bad .
C.The temperature dropped below freezing after Christmas .
5.What had the woman thought about the man ?
A.The man's name was the same as that of another student .
B.The graduation would not be until next spring .
C.The man had already graduated .
第二节 （共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6.What did the man plan to do at first ?
A.To work in a supermarket .
B.To open his own business .
C.To work in an old shop .
7.What's the man's job now ?
A.A shop assistant .
B.An owner of a supermarket .
C.A business man .
8.What do we know about the woman's career （职业）？
A.She likes her job .
B.She has a job abroad .
C.She changed her career .
听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
9.What does the man want to sell ?
A.Furniture .
B.Garden supplies .
C.An apartment .
10.Why does the man want to sell his belongings ?
A.He needs money .
B.He is moving .
C.He likes new things .
11.Why does the man decide to make changes in what has been written ?
A.To make it clearer to understand .
B.To make it longer to read .
C.To make it cheaper to print .
听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。
12.Why hadn't the woman seen the man for some time ?
A.He had been on vocation .
B.He was catching up on things at home .
C.He had been sick .
13.What is the relationship between these two speakers ?
A.Co-workers . B.Classmates . C.Cousins .
14.What can we learn about the woman from the Dialogue ?
A.She was taking care of her mother who had the flu .
B.She has been sick .
C.She didn't have the flu .
听第9段材料，回答第15－17题。
15.What course is the woman going to study at the college ?
A.Computing .
B.Basic Programming .
C.Advanced Programming .
16.How many students and staff are there at the college ?
A.500 . B.550 . C.600.
17.Which club will the woman probably join ?
A.Tennis Club . B.Table Tennis Club . C.Cinema Club .
听第10段材料，回答18至20题。
18.Who is the speaker ?
A.A union leader . B.A hotel manager . C.A tourist guide .
19.What can we infer from this announcement ?
A.The weather is changeable .
B.They are far away from any towns and cities .
C.Local food is both cheaper and delicious .
20.Which activity isn't included in the holiday arrangement?
A.Hiking . B.Swimming . C.Sunbathing .
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第二册 13－15单元）
21.－What would you like to do this afternoon?
－ .
A. I'd like to making notes B. I feel like to go to see a film
C. I feel like going to see a film D. I would to do nothing
22.President George Bush expressed his satisfaction with the APEC talks, that he had enjoyed his stay in Shanghai.
A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added
23.Einstein discovered that light coming from stars was bent as it passed the sun, which was then secret of space.
A. the ; the ; the B. a ; a ; the C. the ; a ; × D. a ; the ; ×
24.Zhou Lan didn't mind home but her friend Jane preferred a taxi.
A. walking ; getting B. to walk ; get C. walking ; to get D. walk ; getting
25.More and more people in the big cities are content in the countryside the quiet conditions.
A. to living ; of B. to live ; with C. living ; with D. living ; about
26.－Did you see anyone coming into the building?
－No, I didn't.
－ ?
－There is no doubt about it.
A. OK B. Sure C. Really D. Is that so
27.－What do you know about the new plan?
－I know every detail about it. ,I think I know.
A.Therefore B. Or rather C. Namely D. That is
28.It is not necessary for a teacher to stop and correct a student he can make his ideas clear.
A. as early as B. as soon as C. as well as D. as long as
29.－Excuse me, but I want to use your computer to type a report.
－ You have my computer if you don't take care of it.
A. shan't B. might not C. needn't D. shouldn't
30.－Do you have at home now, Mum?
－No, we still have to get scores of eggs and some vegetables.
A. nothing B. everything C. anything D. something
31.During the examinations we are supposed to stay in our seats,keep our eyes on our work,
to anyone.
A. instead of speaking B. rather than speak
C. and not speak D. but would not talk
32.The car at the present speed until it reaches the foot of the mountain at about nine o'clock
tonight.
A. went B. is going C. goes D. will be going
33.－When shall we meet again?
－Make any day you like. It's all the to me.
A. it ; same B. it ; time C. that ; same D. that ; time
34.Up to Tuesday's attack, the worst school shooting in the U.S. was in March 1998 in Jonesboro,
two boys, aged 11 and 13, shot and killed a teacher and four girls.
A. while B. where C. when D. then
35.If the work by the end of the month is delayed, the construction company will be fined.
A. being completed B. have been completed
C. to be completed D. will be completed
第二节：完型填空（共20小题，每小题1.5分；满分30分）
Cars are an important part of life in the United States. Without a car most people feel that they are 36 . And even if a person is poor he doesn't feel 37 poor when he has a car.
Henry Ford was the man who first started 38 cars in large numbers. He probably didn't know how much the car was going to 39 American culture. The car made the United States a nation on 40 . And it 41 to make the United States what it is today.
There are three main reasons that the car has become so 42 in the United States. 43 the country is a huge one and Americans like to 44 around in it. The car 45 the most comfortable and cheapest form of transportation.With a car people can go any place 46 spending a lot of money. The second reason is that the United States never really developed an efficient and inexpensive form of public 47 .Long distance trains have never been as 48 in the United States as they are in other parts of the world. Nowadays there is a good system of air-service provided by 49 . But it is too expensive to be used 50 .The third reason is the most 51 one. The Americans spirit of 52 is what really made cars popular. Americans don't like to wait for a bus or a train 53 a plane. They don't like to have to 54 an exact schedule. A car gives them the freedom to schedule their own time. And this is the freedom that Americans want 55 to have.
36. A. healthy B. rich C. pretty D. poor
37. A. really B. truly C. actually D. exactly
38. A. doing B. making C. designing D. owing
39. A. affect B. afford C. effort D. effect
40. A. foot B. horse backs C. chairs D. wheels
41. A. tried B. helped C. hoped D. got
42. A. well-known B. lovely C. popular D. famous
43. A. In all B. After all C. First of all D. Above all
44. A. move B. transport C. walk D. go
45. A. offers B. provides C. takes D. proves
46. A. with B. without C. for D. by
47. A. journey B. travel C. transportation D. trip
48. A. common B. usual C. unusual D. ordinary
49. A. bikes B. ships C. rockets D. planes
50. A. frequently B. continuously C. completely D. fully
51. A. funny B. important C. common D. simple
52. A. dependence B. self-confidence C. selfishness D. independence
53. A. or even B. but C. and D. nor
54. A. take B. receive C. follow D. accept
55. A. worst B. most C. best D. least
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题。每小题2.5分；满分50分）
A
We welcome you aboard the Finnair Flight and will do our best to make your trip comfortable and enjoyable.
For your safety and convenience
To begin the trip, we would like to draw your attention to some safety-related details. These are also explained on the instruction card in the seat pocket in front of you. Seat belts must remain fastened while the "Fasten seatbelts" sign. It is advisable to keep them fastened at all times while seated. All flights are non - smoking. The use of mobile telephones is now allowed when the airplane is on the round and "the fasten seatbelts" tuned off. During the flight the use of CD and DVD players is now allowed.
For your entertainment
To help you enjoy your trip, we provide a range of newspapers on international flights. On our MD-11 and Boeing aircraft, we are also pleased to provide music and video programs. On Airbus A321/320/319, aircraft route maps and short videos shown. Details of entertainment programs available on MD-11 aircraft are shown on the separate" On the Air" brochure located in your seat pocket.
For your children
Special reading material is provided for children and on longer flights there are also audio and
video programs for them. On long-distance flights, first-time flyers between the ages of 2 and l5 can join our Finnair Junior Plus Club.
Meals and drinks
During most flights we serve you a tasty meal with drinks to accompany it. Beer, wine and other drinks are served free of charge. Coffee, tea and juice are served free of charge on all domestic flights of over 35 minutes. On domestic flights leaving before nine and on all flights to northern Finland, a snack is served. We value your opinion.
In this magazine you'll find a special form for your comments about our service. Kindly return the form to our crew or any Finnair office. It will be rewarded directly to the appropriate department. You can also fax it (+ 358 - (0) 89819 - 7729)or send your comments by e - mail to feedback @ finniar. com. Our crew is pleased to answer your questions during the flight whenever possible.
56. Which of the following statement is NOT true?
A. During the flight you have to keep your seat belt fastened all the time.
B. When taking Airbus 321/320/319, you may know where you are through an aircraft route map.
C. During the flight you may listen to music or watch video.
D. During the flight you may have some coffee or tea or juice for free.
57. The purpose of the passage is to .
A. teach the passengers how to use the seat belts
B. tell the passengers what kind of entertainment they can enjoy during their flight
C. encourage the passengers to give comments on the service
D. introduce the good service of the Finnair and attract more passengers
58. You may find this passage in .
A. a newspaper B. a book C. a magazine D. an official document
B
The common cold is the world's most widespread illness, which is plagues(疫病)that flesh receives.
The most widespread fallacy (谬误) of all is that colds are caused by cold. They are not. They are caused by viruses (病毒)passing out from person to person. You catch a cold, and it would be reasonable to expect the Eskimos to suffer from them forever, But they do not. And in isolated arctic regions explorers have reported being free from colds until coming into contact again with infected people from the outside world by way of packages and mail dropped from airplanes.
During the First World War soldiers who spent long periods in the trenches(战壕), cold and wet, showed no increased tendency to catch colds.
In the Second World War prisoners at the notorious Auschwitz concentration camp(奥斯维辛集中营), naked and starving, were astonished to find that they seldom had colds.
At the Common Cold Research Unit England, volunteers took part in experiments in which they gave themselves to the discomforts of being cold and wet for long stretches of time. After taking hot baths, they put on bathing suits, allowed themselves to be dipped with cold water, and then stood about dripping wet in drafty room. Some wore wet socks all day while others exercised in the rain until close to exhaustion. Not one of the volunteers came down with a cold unless a cold virus was actually dropped in his nose.
In the cold we have nothing to do with catching colds. Why are they more frequent in the winter? Despite the most pains - taking research, no one has yet found the answer. One explanation offered by scientists is that people tend to stay together indoors more in cold weather than at other times, and this makes it easier for cold viruses to be passed on.
No one has yet found a cure for the cold. There are drugs and pain suppressors(止痛片)such as aspirin, but all they do is to relieve the symptoms(症状).
59. The writer offered examples to support his argument.
A. 4 B. 5 C. 6 D. 3
60. Which of the following does not agree with the chosen passage?
A. The Eskimos do not suffer from colds all the time.
B. Colds are not caused by cold.
C. People suffer from colds just because they like to stay indoors.
D. A person may catch a cold by touching someone who already has one.
61. Arctic explorers may catch colds when
A. they are working in the isolated arctic regions.
B. they are writing reports in terribly cold weather.
C. they are free from work in the isolated arctic regions.
D. they are coming into touch again with the outside world.
62. Volunteers taking part in the experiments in the Common Cold Research Unit .
A. suffered a lot B. never caught colds C. often caught colds D. became very strong
C
Why, you may wonder, should spiders be our friends? Because they destroy so many insects, and insects include some of the greatest enemies of the human race. Insects would make it impossible for us to live in the world; they would devour(吞食、毁灭)all our crops and kill our cattle, if it were not for the protection we get from insect - eating animals. We owe a lot to the birds and beats who eat insects, but all of them put together kill only a very small amount of the number destroyed by spiders. Moreover, unlike some of the insect eaters, spiders never do the least harm to us or our belongings.
Spiders are not insects, as many people think, nor even nearly related to them. One can tell the difference almost at a glance for a spider always has eight legs and an insect never more than six.
How many spiders are engaged in the work on our behalf? One authority on spiders made a research of the spiders and found that there were more than 2,250,000 in one acre; that is something like 6,000,000 spiders of different kinds on a football field. Spiders are busy for at least half the year in killing insects. It is impossible to make more than the wildest guess at how many they kill, but they are hungry creatures, not content with only three meals a day. It has been estimated that the weight of all the insects destroyed by the spiders in Britain in one year would be greater than the total weight of all human beings in the country.
63. Spiders should be our friends, because .
A. they only eat harmful insects
B. they are great insect - eating animals
C. they destroy large numbers of insects which do harm to the human race
D. their harmfulness is the least
64. The difference between spiders and insects is that .
A. insects have only six legs B. insects only eat plants
C. spiders eat insects D. spiders have more legs than insects.
65. One authority on spiders estimated .
A. that there were more than 2,250,000 insects in a grass field in the south of England
B. that every football field in England had 6,000,000 spiders
C. the quantity of different spiders in England was very big
D. that there were 6,000,000 kinds of spiders on a football field
66. In the last sentence the writer means .
A. experts on spiders know exactly how much spiders eat in one year
B. experts on spiders can only make an estimation of the weight of insects eaten by spiders
C. authority on spiders know the weight of all the people in England
D. authority on spiders know both the weight of the insects eaten by spiders and the weight
of people in England
67. Which one of the following statements is the main idea?
A.Spiders, the greatest insects - eating animals, protect us from being destroyed by harmful
insects and they should be our friends.
B.Spiders are not insects but in fact animals.
C.There are great numbers of spiders engaged in destroying harmful insects on behalf of the
human race.
D.The weight of the insects eaten by spiders in one year is greater than the weight of all
people in England.
D
In recent years many countries of the world have been faced with the problem of how to make their workers more productive. Some experts claim the answer is to make jobs more varied. But do more various jobs lead to greater productivity? There is evidence to suggest that while variety certainly makes the worker's life more enjoyable, it does not actually makes him work harder.As far as increasing productivity is concerned, then variety is not an important factor.
Other experts feel that giving the worker freedom to do his job in his own. way is important, and there is no doubt that this is true. The problem is that this kind of freedom cannot easily be given in the modem factory with its complicated machinery which must be used in a fixed way. Thus while freedom of choice may be important, there is usually very little that can be done to create it.
Another very important consideration is how each worker contributes to the product he is making. In most factories the worker sees only one part of the product. Some car factories are now experimenting with having many small production lines rather than one large one, so that each worker contributes more to the production of the cars on his line. It would seem that not only is degree of the worker contribution an important factor, therefore, but it is also one we can do something about.
To what extent does more money lead to greater productivity? The workers themselves certainly think this is important. But perhaps they want more money only because the work they do is boring. Money just lets them enjoy their spare time more. A similar argument may explain demands for shorter working hours. Perhaps if we succeed in making their jobs more interesting, they will neither want more money, nor will shorter working hours be so important to them.
68.Which of the following is the best way to make workers work harder according to the author?
A.Increasing their pay. B. Giving them more spare time.
C. Making the work itself meaningful. D. Replacing large production lines with small ones.
69.The reason why a worker cannot have freedom in doing the job his own way is that .
A. the machinery is so complex that it should be fixed.
B. The production lines are too large in modem factories.
C. The bosses can create very little freedom of choices for workers.
D. The machines must be operated strictly according to instructions and rules.
70.For a worker on an assembly line in a car factory, the job is not enjoyable because .
A. he can only make a part of a car
B. he does not know what he is doing
C. his life in spare time is more interesting
D. the importance of his job is not clear to him
71.In the article, the word "productivity" means .
A. the activity of producing something
B. the production volume in a time unit
C .the plan and the method of production
D. both the quantity and quality of a product
72.The best title for title passage may be .
A. Problems of Modem Workers B. Making Jobs More Interesting
C. Pushing Workers to Product More D. How to Improve Labor Productivity
E
The lottery of the World Cup draw has handed Asia a golden opportunity to make its wonderful performance yet on the global football stage. December last year, the draw of the 200 FI-FA World Cup finals was as kind as it could have been to three out of four of the Asian teams who will do battle in Japan and South Korea in the summer.
China, Japan and South Korea can all hold realistic hopes of advancing from what are likely to be closely fought first round groups. Only Saudi Arabia has been left with what looks like an impossible task, after being pooled with Germany, Ireland and African champions Cameroon.
China's debut (the first appearance)in the World Cup finals will provide the highlight for the Asian teams, after they were lined up to face Brazil, Turkey and Costa Rica. "We know Brazil will be difficult but that is okay, "said China's Yugoslav coach Bora Milutionvic. Brazil may have struggled through the South American qualifying competition but few doubt they will be a much more dangerous outfit by the time the action gets underway, particularly if star striker Ronaldo completes his comeback from injury. "Brazil are still Brazil, " acknowledged Milutinovic, "You can never write them off."
For Milutinovic,the match against Costa Rica will be a special occasion.The central American team is one of the four sides he has previously coached at World Cup finals and the team's current coach, Alexander Guimaraes, is one of his former assistants.
Being joint hosts, South Korea and Japan, were equally smiled upon by the gods of fortune.
South Korea, in particular, will be optimistic about its chances of progressing from a group that includes highly - rated Portugal, the United States and Poland. Japan, likewise, will feel it has a chance against Belgium, Russia and Tunisia. However, both coaches--the Korean's Dutch coach Gus Hiddink and Japan's French coach, Philippe Troussier--played down the suggestions that a place in the second round is assured.
73. Which should be the best title of this passage?
A. Asia has a chance in the World Cup
B. South Korea and Japan will join forces to host the World Cup
C. China is expected to do well in the World Cup.
D. Bora's comments on the World Cup finals
74. From the 3rd paragraph we know that .
A. the Chinese coach has written the names of all the teams in the World Cup in his notebook
including Brazil
B. though Brazil had some trouble in the South American qualifying competition, the gods of
fortune will give then a smile in the finals.
C. if Ronaldo can't come back from injury, the Brazil will be a less dangerous opponent
D. Chinese team has paid much attention to its opponents, especially Brazil
75. Why did the coaches of both South Korea and Japan play down the suggestions that a place
in the second round is assured?
A. Because they know they will meet with some strong teams in the first round.
B. Because they know they will meet with some teams that are rather weak but they want to
save their face.
C. Because they know football is football and no one knows the results until the games are played.
D. Because they want to make their opponents confused before the games.
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节：短文改错(共10小题，每小题1分；满分10分)
John Smith, a typical American businessman,
rode to work on the subway one ordinary morning.
He got off his station downtown and 76.
walk to his office building. At the entrance, a 77.
guard was standing there check employees' ID cards. 78.
John reached into his pockets, but his wallet wasn't 79.
there! He was sure about he had taken it from the dresser 80.
on that morning. Of course he had, because it 81.
contained his subway pass, that got him on the train. 82.
John checked his other pockets, so his wallet 83.
was nowhere to be found. Someone has stolen 84.
that on the subway! His day was ruined! He couldn't 85.
even get into his own office.
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
假如你叫Jim Lee, 你最近对你所在班60名同学(男女各半)进行了上网目的的调查。现
将调查结果(如下表所示)用英语给某报社的编辑写一封信，报告此事，以引起舆论的关注。
注意：1. 报告应包括图表所示全部内容。
2. 叙述调查结果时要避免重复使用百分比。
3. 叙述过程中要适当添加评语。
4. 词数100左右。
提示词：作调查 make a survey
NO:15 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(十五)
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节 (共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.At what time did Mary leave?
A.Five o'clock. B.Ten to five. C.Ten o'clock.
2.Who is the man talking to?
A.A house painter. B.A mailman. C.A carpenter.
3.What does the man suggest?
A.It is polite to write back.
B.Send her aunt a present to show her apology.
C.Keep in touch with her aunt through Internet.
4.Where will the family probably go for their holidays?
A.Beijing. B.Guangzhou. C.Seaside.
5.What happened to steam trains?
A.They have been replaced by electric trains.
B.They have been used for special railway service.
C.They have become more comfortable.
第二节 (共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
6.Why does the little girl write the letter?
A.To thank her aunt for last year's present.
B.To tell her aunt about her study.
C.To get this year's birthday present.
7.How does the girl make her aunt understand her?
A.To thank her aunt for last year's present and make her aunt know her birthday is coming soon.
B.To ring her aunt she wants her present.
C.To tell her aunt she is going to her aunt's.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
8.Where are they?
A.In a shop. B.In a hospital. C.In a library.
9.What should the woman do after the medical examination?
A.She should be in hospital.
B.She should have a rest.
C.She should lie in bed and take some medicine.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10.What did the woman decide to buy?
A.Licence. B.A new car. C.A used car.
11.Why did the old woman give up her driver's licence?
A.Her eyesight was bad. B.She is old. C.She is too old to give itup.
12.What's the price of the old woman's car?
A.Too high. B.Too low. C.It isn't mentioned in the dialogue.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13.Where is Tom now?
A.At the college. B.At the hospital. C.At TV studio.
14.Which day is Tom's birthday?
A.Sunday. B.Monday. C.Saturday.
15.What's the woman going to do?
A.To think about a good idea for Tom.
B.To give up the chance of helping Tom.
C.To help Tom leave the hospital as soon as possible.
16.Why does the woman ask Tom to put on his clothes?
A.She worries about Tom to get a bad cold.
B.She knows Tom used to wear more clothes in autumn.
C.She'll take Tom to see other children who'll have their tonsils(扁桃腺)out.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17.What is the habit of reading newspaper like?
A.Widespread.
B.No more popular than one copy of newspaper a day.
C.Two or three different newspapers every day.
18.How was news sent in the past?
A.Sent by telegraph.
B.Passed from one person to another.
C.Sent by letter.
19.What other information do newspapers give us?
A.Large companies. B.The weather. C.Advertising space.
20.What do large companies think of the money spent on ads?
A.Wasted. B.Worthwhile. C.Not much.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题 1 分，满分 15 分）（涉及高中第二册 16－18单元）
21.Now the girl is quite to her mother. Thank you for giving us help.
A. help ; so B. a help ; so much C. to help ; so many D. helping ; so many a
22.－Is this Mr. White's office, Mary?
－Yes, .
A. that's all right B. it doesn't matter
C. after you D. please yourself
23.I have never heard a worse voice than hers. She is but a good singer.
A. something B. everything C. nothing D. anything
24.－Do you still remember her?
－I her as much as I do now for a long time.
A. haven't missed B. don't miss C. am not missing D. didn't miss
25.The film is so exciting that it is seeing twice.
A. pretty worth B. well worthy C. well worthy of D. well worth
26.It is me to decide to do next.
A. up for ; how B. up of ; how C. up to ; what D. up on ; what
27.Everyone here will thank the firefighters for the things they have done to prevent fires
the environment safer.
A. make B. to making C. to make D. from making
28.－Excuse me, what time can I see you tomorrow?
－Can we 8:30 a.m.?
A. fix it B. decide C. do that D. make it
29.USA Today, in _____ front-page story, also reported on Friday that the US special forces have moved into Afghanistan with orders to catch or kill Bin Laden.
A. the; the B. a; 不填 C. a; the D. the; 不填
30.In character-training of children, what really much is what their parents say and do.
A. matters B. cares C. considers D. minds
31.－Would you mind handing the hammer to me?
－Sorry, it's my reach.
A. out B. more than C. far away D. beyond
32.The car manufacturer has 1,000 workers because of the drop in sales.
A. picked out B. gave up C. dealt with D. laid off
33.－When did you recognize her?
－ I met her.
A. moment B. The moment C. The moment when D. For a moment
34.－I don't know to join the army or to find a job.
－Why don't you your parents' advice?
A. if; take B. if; follow C. whether; ask D. whether; seek
35.With she needed , she left the marketplace.
A. something ; to buy B. anything ; having
C. everything ; bought D. everything ; buying
第二节:完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36--55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Some people say parents owe their children everything. I take the firm position that parents do not owe their children a 36 education. If they can 37 it, they can 38 send them to the best universities. But they must not feel guilty if they can't. If the children really want to go, they'll find a 39 .There are plenty of loans(贷款) and scholarships for the 40 and eager ones who can' t afford to pay.
When children grow up and want to 41 , their parents do not owe them a down payment on a house. They do not have the 42 to baby-sit their grandchildren.If they want to do it, it must be considered a 43 not an obligation(责任).
Do parents owe their children anything? Yes, they owe them a great deal.
One of their obligations is to give their children a personal 44 . A child who is constantly made to feel stupid and unworthy, constantly 45 to brighter brothers, sisters, or cousins will become so unsure,so afraid of 46 that he (or she) won' t try at all.Of course they should be 47 corrected when they do wrong, but it's often better to let children learn their mistakes by themselves 48 . All our parent should do is to trust them, respect them, tolerate (宽容) them and give them chances to try and fail. They must learn to stand 49 . When criticisms(批评) are really needed, they should be 50 with praises, with a smile and a kiss. That is the way children learn.
Parents owe their children a set of solid values around 51 to build their lives. This means teaching them to 52 the rights and opinions of others; it means being respectful to elders, to teachers, and to the law. The best way to teach such values is by 53 . A child who is lied to will lie. A child who sees no laughter and no love in the home will have 54 laughing and loving.
No child asks to be 55 . If you bring a life into the world, you owe the child something.
36. A. college B. formal C. usual D. foreign
37. A. find B. get C. afford D. receive
38. A. gradually B. certainly C. hardly D. finally
39. A. supply B. help C. hand D. way
40. A. handsome B. honest C. bright D. wealthy
41. A. get married B. get a job C. go abroad D. live alone
42. A. time B. right C. duty D. energy
43. A. favor B. pleasure C. habit D. service
44. A. worth B. affair C. belief D. respect
45. A. brought B. compared C. forced D. taken
46. A. failing B. winning C. lying D. learning
47. A. properly B. gently C. nearly D. possibly
48. A. now andthen B. in time C. at once D. right now
49. A. failure B. honor C. progress D. test
50. A. mixed B. satisfied C. shared D. balanced
51. A. it B. which C. whom D. what
52. A. consider B. refuse C. respect D. know
53. A. example B. time C. word D. deed
54. A. pleasure B. difficulty C. fun D. freedom
55. A. praised B. alone C. born D. poor
第三部分：阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
A
Trees should only be pruned(修剪) when there is a good and clear reason for doing so and, fortunately, the number of such reasons is small. Pruning includes the cutting away of overgrown and unwanted branches, and the inexperienced gardener can be encouraged by the thought that more damage results from doing it unnecessarily than from leaving the tree to grow in its own way.
First, pruning may be done to make sure that trees have a desired shape or size. The object may be to get a tree of the right height, and at the same time to help the growth of small side branches which will thicken its appearance or give it a special shape. Secondly, pruning may be done to make the tree healthier. You may cut out diseases or dead wood, or branches that are rubbing against each other and thus cause wounds. The health of a tree may be encouraged by removing branches that are blocking up the center and so preventing the free movement of air.
One result of pruning is that an open wound is left on the tree and this provides an easy entry for disease, but it is a wound that will recover. Often there is a race between the recovering and the disease as to whether the tree will live or die, so that there is a period when the tree is at risk. It should be the aim of every gardener to reduce that risk of death as far as possible. It is necessary to make the area which has been pruned smooth and clean, for recovering will be slowed down by roughness. You should allow the cut surface to dry for a few hours and then brash it with one of the paints from garden shop produced especially for this purpose. Pruning is usually done in winter, for then you can see the shape of the tree clearly without interference from the leaves and also it is very unlikely that the cuts you make will bleed. If this does happens, it is, of course, impossible to paint them properly.
56.Pruning should be done to .
A. make the tree grow taller
B. improve the shape of the tree
C. get rid of the small branches
D. make the small branches thicker
57.Trees become unhealthy if the gardener .
A. allows too many branches to grow in the middle
B. does not protect them from the wind
C. forces them to grow too quickly
D. damages some of the small side branches
58.A good gardener prunes a tree .
A. at times throughout the year B. as quickly as possible
C. occasionally when necessary D. regularly every winter
59.What was the author's purpose when writing this passage?
A. To give practical instructions for pruning a tree.
B. To give a general description of pruning.
C. To explain how trees develop diseases.
D. To discuss different methods of pruning.
B
Thousands of years ago man used handy rocks for his surgical(外科) operations. Later he used sharp bone or horn, metal knives and, more recently, rubber and plastic. And that was what were used for many years. In the 1960s a new tool was developed, one which was, first of all, to be of great practical use to the armed forces and industry, but which was also, in time, to revolutionize the art and science of surgery.
The tool is the laser(激光) and it is being used by more and more surgeons all over the world, for a very large number of different cases. As we all know, light is hot; any source of light-from the sun itself down to a small match burning-will give warmth. But light is usually spread out over a wide area. The light in a laser beam, however, is concentrated (集中). This means that a light with no more power than that produced by an ordinary electric light lamp becomes quite strong as it is concentrated to a pinpointsized beam.
Experiments with these pinpoint beams have shown researchers that different energy sources produce beams that have a particular effect on certain living cells. It is now possible for eye surgeons to carry out an operation on the back of the human eye without harming the front of the eye, simply by passing a laser beam right through the eyeball. No knives, no needles, no unwanted damage-a true surgical wonder.
Operations which once left patients tired and in need of long periods of recovery time now leave them feeling relaxed and comfortable.So much more difficult operations can now be tried.
The rapid development of laser techniques in the past ten years has made it clear that the future is likely to be very exciting. Perhaps some cancers will be treated with laser in a way that makes surgery not only safer but more effective. Altogether, tomorrow may see more and more information coming to light on the diseases which can be treated medically.
60.We find that after the development of the laser in the 1960s,______.
A.medical help became hard for industrial workers
B.the study of surgical techniques went through a complete revolution
C.more and more surgeons began using surgical instruments
D.man's whole thought to surgery changed completely
61.The laser beam is very strong because
A.it is a highly intensified(强化) beam of light
B.its strength is increased by the sun
C.it can be connected to strong light sources
D.it is a concentration of light from different sources
62.Surgeons can now carry out operations which________.
A.can be performed successfully only on the human eye
B.result in long periods of recovery time for patients
C.result in very little damage to the patients
D.are made much more complicated by using the laser beam
63.The rapid development of laser techniques means that
A.in another ten years we shall be able to cure cancer
B.surgery is likely to improve greatly
C.we shall be able to treat all the diseases we suffer from
D.we are now able to treat most forms of cane
C
Several days ago, a Beijing-based IT company fired about 400 people overnight. No one had expected the job cuts, which broke with traditional ways of letting go of workers in China. Moreover, what was special about this case was that the day before the 400 were fired, they all received from their boss a gift---the book "Who Moved My Cheese?"
The book--a bestseller in the US--is being used by men and women to deal with changes in their lives and work. Some large organizations, includes Coca- Cola, Kodak and General Motors, ask their employees to read it in order to encourage them to be active towards changes.
Cheese is something related to everyone' s livelihood-- our jobs, the industries we work in, relationships and love as well. With China's official entry into the WTO, the whole nation will face up to more changes and challenges.So what we should do once this "cheese" on which we are so dependent is moved? "Whatever challenges and changes we meet,we should face up to them bravely," Jiang Hengwei,a civil servant said after reading the book. Professor Zhang Yang in Renmin University of China agrees, "We should change our way of thinking. The coming competitive foreign companies and products provide us with great chances to learn from them and improve our town products to meet international standards' and be more competitive."
"With hard work and wisdom, we will create a much larger and better piece of cheese." Zhang Yang smiled confidently.
64.The whole passage is about .
A. a bestseller in the US
B. what people think about China's entry into the WTO
C. the change in people's attitude towards changes and challenges
D. how a book influences the Chinese workers
65.The company in Beijing gave each of the 400 fired workers a copy of "Who Moved My Cheese?"
in order to .
A. be more competitive with foreign firms
B. find an excuse for their job cuts
C. let the workers make a living on their own
D. encourage the fired workers
66.The word" cheese" in the passage can refer to .
A. something we depend on for a living
B. a most important kind of food
C. change or challenge
D. way of life
67.From what Jiang Hengwei and Professor Zhang Yang said, we can know that .
A. they have different opinions on changes and challenges
B. people are not afraid of competition from foreign companies
C. the Chinese people are ready to face any changes and challenges
D. they are both greatly encouraged by the book
D
Most of us lead unhealthy lives; we spend far too much time sitting down. If in addition we are careless about our diets, our bodies soon become loose and fatty and our systems slow-moving. There are some aspects(方面) of our unhealthy lives that we cannot avoid. I am thinking of such features of modem city life as pollution, noise, rushed meals and stress. But keeping fit is a way to reduce the effects of these evils. The usual suggestion to a person who is looking for a way to keep fit is to take up some sport or other. While it is true that every weekend you will find people playing football and hockey in the local park, they are outnumbered a hundred to one by the people who are simply watching them.
For those who do not particularly enjoy competitive sports--and it is especially difficult to do so if you are no good at them--there are such separate activities as cycling, walking, jogging and swimming. What often happens though is that you do them in such a leisurely way, so slowly, that it is doubtful if you are doing yourself much good, except for the fact that you have at least managed to get up out of your armchair.
Even after you have found a way for keeping in shape, through sport or gymnastics, you are still only half way to good health, because, according to the experts, you must also master the art of complete mental and physical relaxation (放松). It has to do with deep breathing, emptying your mind of all thoughts, meditation, and so on. Yoga, as practiced in the West, is the most widely known and popular of the systems for achieving the necessary state of relaxation. It seems ironical(讽刺的), though, that as ourselves have improved in a material sense we have found it increasingly necessary to go back to forms of activity - physical effort on the one hand and relaxation on the other - which were the natural way of life of our forefathers.
68.Pollution, noise and stress are examples of .
A. causes of unfitness
B. bad features of living in towns
C. the things we can completely do away with
D. unavoidable things in town
69.We don' t get much out of separate sports because we .
A. don't do them very often B. don't do them actively enough
C. find it hard to get out of our armchairs D. don't find them interesting
70.To be healthy we must .
A. keep fit and active B. keep fit and learn to relax
C. be active and practise Yoga D. have a sound mind
71.Our forefathers were healthy because .
A. their way of life closely connected with both exercise and relaxation
B. they were careful to get plenty of fresh air
C. they spent most of the time out of doors
D. their environment was not polluted
E
When several different people look at the same person, it is not unusual for each of them to see different things; when you alone observe one behavior or one person at two different times, you may see different things. The following are but some of the factors that lead to these different senses.
(1) Each person's senses of others ate formed by his or her own cultural conditioning, education, and personal experiences.
(2) Sometimes senses differ because of what we choose to observe and how we deal with what we've observed. It is not necessarily true that person sense is based on observations of a particular person. Your observations may be totally controlled by what others have told you about this person; or you may center mainly on the situation or role relationship. Most people do not use the same standard to measure their parents, their friends, and strangers.
(3) Sometimes we see only what we want to see or don't see what may be obvious to others because of our own needs, desires, or temporary emotional states. This is a process known as selective sense. Selective sense is obviously more difficult when contradictory(矛盾的) information is particularly obvious, but it can be done. We can ignore (忽视) the stimulus "He' s basically a good boy so what I saw not shoplifting." We can reduce the importance of the contradictory information --"All kids get into naughty behavior. Taking a book from the bookstore isn't such a big deal." We can change the meaning of the contradictory information --"It wasn't shoplifting because he was going to pay for it later."
72.The first factor given by the author that affects our sense is .
A. the abilities of one' s hearing and seeing sensors
B. cultural background and personal experiences
C. experiences one learns from others
D. critical measures taken by other people
73.While observing a particular person, .
A. one is likely to take all aspects into consideration
B. one pays more attention to his/her advantage,;
C. children often differ from grown- ups in sense
D. one tends to choose certain cues(提示) to look for
74.Observation of the same person by two people at the same time may differ because .
A. their measuring standard are not the same
B. either of them may be slow to catch information
C. the time for observation is not long enough
D. each of them uses different language to express his/her impressions
75.The underlined word "stimulus" in paragraph 4 refers to .
A. something attractive B. selective sense
C. contradictory information D. shoplifting
第四部分：写(共两节，满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
In the past my hometown used to be a beautiful place. 76.
Thick trees and green grass can be seen everywhere. In 77.
order to build houses and grow up more crops, people cut down 78.
more and more trees. With time went on, the whole forest was 79.
almost destroyed. Gradually the green hills have been changed into 80.
wasteland. As a result, sandstorms struck us now and then, from 81.
that we suffer a lot. So, I do hope all the people should 82.
realize the terribly result of not caring about our environment. 83.
What's more, they should take good care the forests and plant 84.
trees instead of cutting them down to improve our living condition. 85.
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
《英语沙龙》杂志“越洋对话”栏目组织中学生读者与海外同龄人对话、交流。假如你是里Li Hua，读了如下的来信后，深有同感。请结合自己解决信中情况的经验，就你对分数的看法、如 何进行考前功课的复习以做好充分准备,以及如何应对考试紧张(深呼吸、跳过难题)等，写一封回信鼓励、帮助对方找到合理的解决方法，树立信心。
I'm a good student in the class. But I don' t know why I'll feel nervous each time in exams. When I have a difficult exam question, my brain goes blank and I know nothing about it.Though I encourage myself, do not worry, take it easy, I can not help being flurried(慌乱). Sometimes, I have to examine it over and over again to ensure it' s correct. But time is limited. My lack of confidence causes nervousness, and nervousness then causes lack of confidence again! It is a vicious circle. How can be a person with good psychological diathesis(心理素质)?
Bob
注意：
1.信的开头已为你写好，不计人词数。
2.词数：100左右。
3.参考词汇：放松—relax；跳过—skip；考试焦虑一test anxiety
Hi, Bob!
This is me introducing myself back! I am Li Hua and I am a senior at a high school. I used to......
I hope I have helped you out in some way.
Sincerely,
Li Hua
NO:16 SEFC－G－2005－
高中英语总复习语言运用强化训练(十六)
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节 (共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分)
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. Where does the woman have to get off?
A.At the Bank of China.
B. At the post office.
C. At the next stop.
2. Why does the man refuse the woman?
A. Because he doesn't have a car.
B. Because he'll be using his car.
C. Because the woman can't drive well.
3. Where does the woman can't drive well.
A. The Grand Hotel.
B. The shopping centre.
C. The traffic light.
4. How is the woman going home?
A. By car. B. By bus. C. On foot.
5. What does the man choose to drink?
A. Coca Cola. B. Beer. C. Soda water.
第二节（共 15 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题 5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第 6 段材料，回答第 6 ～ 8 题。
6. What's the weather like?
A. Cloudy and warm
B. Lovely and warm.
C. Fine but cold.
7. Where are the speakers?
A. At the station. B. In a flat. C. In a park.
8. What is the man doing in England?
A. Spending his holiday.
B. Practising his English.
C. Visiting a Greek family.
听第 7 段材料，回答第 9 ～ 11 题。
9. What is the woman preparing?
A. Afternoon tea. B. Lunch. C. Supper.
10. What is the woman going to do?
A. Lay the table.
B. Cut the bread.
C. Open the orange juice.
11. What is the man going to do?
A. Lay the table.
B. Get some ice out.
C. Open the orange juice.
听第 8 段材料，回答第 12 ～ 14 题。
12. The man's wife is going to______.
A. get an excellent job
B. do Christmas shopping
C. have a baby
13. When is this conversation most likely taking place?
A. Before Christmas.
B. On Christmas Day.
C. After Christmas.
14. What will the woman do during the holiday?
A. To give Jack a ring.
B. To visit Jack and Susan.
C. To go back to Singapore.
听第 9 段材料，回答第 15 ～ 17 题。
15. In which way does the box go faster but cost more?
A. Second class.
B. First class.
C. To a foreign country.
16. What does the man compare before making a decision?
A. Weight and stamps.
B. Price and time.
C. Forms and value.
17. What else is the man advised to do?
A. To put down a return address.
B. To buy second class stamps.
C. To pay the right amount of money.
听第 10 段材料，回答第 18 ～ 20 题。
18. How long is the speaker staying in Finland?
A. The whole winter.
B. For two weeks.
C. For three weeks.
19. Why is the speaker in Finland?
A. To visit a friend.
B. To attend a conference.
C. To experience the weather.
20. What was the speaker's biggest problem while preparing for the trip?
A. Getting the right kind of clothes.
B. Getting used to the weather.
C. Selling warm clothes.
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节,满分45分)
第一节:单项填空(共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分)
21.The dog has a perfect of smell, so it always does its duty.
A. nose ; good with B. sense ; well in C. feeling ; well with D. touch ; well with
22.Before , the machine requires .
A. using ; checking B. being used ; to be checked
C. being used ; being checked D. using ; to be checked
23.His words were so that they to fight to the end.
A. encouraged ; determined B. encouraging ; were determined
C. encouraging ; were determining D. encouraged ; were determined
24.－Do you like this song? It means a lot for a soul.
－Yes. It's also good music to .
A. tiring ; dance for B. tired ; dance C. tired ; dance with D. tired ;; dance to
25.After Lincoln was made president of the United States, he insisted on the slaves .
A. ×；be set free B. ×; being set free C. ×; setting free D. the ; being set free
26.If her hair a healthy shine, we'11 the girl as a fashion model.
A. takes up; hire B. has shown; take up
C. takes on; take on D. shows off; take on
27.－How dare you play on such thin ice?
－Playing on ice is not my of spare time.
A. idea B. thought C. mind D. intention
28.To save time, the chairman of the medical conference asked every speaker to be brief and the point.
A. to B. on C. off D. up
29.—Sadam, the former president of Iraq, was caught at last.
—Really? Where himself?
A.has he hidden B.had he hidden C.was he hidden D.has he been hiding
30.The next football season is just the corner. I am sure that our team will do better this time.
A. at B. in C. on D. around
31.—Has the design of the school library been decided?
—No, its still to suggestions.
A.open B.welcome C.ready D.hopeful
32.________ students with difficulties in their studies want most of all is more love and concern .
A. That B. When C. What D. Those
33.—That's me when I graduated from college. See what I look like now!
—Why not take up exercise to improve your ?
A.look B.form C.shadow D.figure
34.Sending short messages by mobile phones has become a way to send festival greetings in
recent years in China.
A. best B. popular C. general D. simple
35.The central government says it will take immediate measures to help control and the spread
of the deadly bird flu.
A. prevent B. treat C. cure D.forbid
第二节:完形填空(共20小题:每小题1. 5分,满分30分)
As we walked out of the office and into the lift, no words were spoken. We couldn't even look at each other. We were both just stunned(愣住) and did not 36 what to say to one another.
We got into the sky 37 car, and left the parking lot. Mum wasn't paying much attention to her 38 , but all of a sudden she 39 hard on the brakes(刹车) and we both went 40 . Outside of the car we saw a 41 , half on and half off his bike. "Where did you get your license, woman?"he shouted, "You almost 42 me!"
The biker got back on his bike and rode off, 43 shaking his head. It was then that Mum and I looked at each other. We cried, 44 we came to realize that I had 45 . We talked about it for hours, and I knew I had so 46 support and that I was going to be 47 .
Twelve years later, at age 31, cancer has now been put 48 me. I had major surgery (手术) and 4 months of radiation treatment. Thank God, it was caught at a(n) 49 stage, and I was able to make a full recovery.
Cancer 50 me so much for the better. It 51 me to appreciate life and those in my life, and to never 52 anything for granted. Life is too short and you have to live each moment to the very 53 .
To this day, I wish I could 54 that man on the bike. I'd like to tell him that he was not the only survivor (幸存者) to come 55 that day, as I am living proof.
36. A. know B. understand C. learn D. realize
37. A. blue B. green C. yellow D. red
38. A. condition B. surroundings C. car D. road sign
39. A. worked B. drove C. pushed D. stepped
40. A. upward B. downward C. forward D. backward
41. A. bike B. car C. driver D. cyclist
42. A. killed B. beat C. knocked D. caught
43. A. happily B. luckily C. just D. right
44. A. before B. as if C. as D. though
45. A. cancer B. cold C. headache D. stomachache
46. A. many B. little C. much D. few
47. A. right B. all right C. weak D. all over
48. A. on B. down C. off D. behind
49. A. early B. late C. fast D. slow
50. A. frightened B. changed C. terrified D. caught
51. A. made B. caused C. taught D. advised
52. A. pay B. search C. care D. take
53. A. least B. worst C. fullest D. emptiest
54. A. find B. catch C. study D. strike
55. A. up to B. out of C. by D. off
第三部分 阅读理解(共20小题; 每小题2分,满分40分)
A
The Museum of Childhood is Australia's most comprehensive collection of childhood items including toys , dolls , infant and school material .
Housed in a modern facility, the displays reflect Australian childhood experience over time including play, child raising, and home, school, and war- time experience .
There are many hand-made exhibits and education sessions including the famous lesson in the 1920s One Teacher Bush Classroom .
The Museum also hosts national touring exhibitions and conducts special activities on Sundays and school holidays（ring for details ）.
Open: Tuesday- Friday 10 a.m. - 4 p.m , Sunday 1 a.m - 4:30 p.m , or by arrangement .
Special activities on Sundays as advertised.
Closed: Public holidays, 16 December-18 January .
Location: Edith Cowan University campus, Bay Road , Claremont (take bus 208 and get down at the Bay Road and Princess Road intersection . The Museum is 15 minutes' walk from Claremont train station )
Tel :(08) 9442 1373; Fax; (08) 9442 1314
56.If you want to attend a special activity, youd better come on .
A.Monday B.Tuesday C.Saturday D.Sunday
57.When you come on December 20th, Friday, you will find the Museum .
A.closed B.holding special activities
C.not closed until 4:00 D.not closed until 4:30
58.The main purpose of the Museum of Childhood is to .
A.display toys , dolls , infant and school material
B.reflect Australian childhood experience over time
C.host national touring exhibition
D.tell you the famous lesson in the 1920s
B
Rome had the Forum. London has Speaker' s Comer. Now always-on-the-go New Yorkers have Liz and Bill.
Liz and Bill, two college graduates in their early 2Os, have spent a whole year trying to have thousands d people talk to them in subway stations and on busy street comers. Just talk. Using a 2-foot-tall sign that says, "Talk to Me," they attract conversationalists, who one evening included a mental patient, and men in business suits.
They don't collect money. They don't push religion (宗教). So what's the point?
"To see what happens," said Liz. "We simply enjoy life with open communication(交流)."
Shortly after the September 11, 2001 attacks, they decided to walk from New York City to Washington, a 270-mile trip. They found they loved talking to people along the way and wanted to continue talking with strangers after their return.
"It started as a crazy idea," Liz said. "We were so curious about all the strangers walking by with their life stories. People will talk to us about anything: their jobs, their clothes, their childhood experiences, anything."
Denise wanted to talk about an exam she was about to take. She had stopped by for the second time in two days, to let the two listeners know how it went.
Marcia had lest her husband to a serious disease. "That was very heavy on my mind," Marcia said. "To be able to talk about it to total strangers was very good," she explained.
To celebrate a year of talking, the two held a get-together in a city park for all the people they had met over the past year. A few hundred people showed up, as well as some television cameramen and reporters.
They may plan more parties or try to attract mare people to join their informal talks. Some publishers have expressed interest in a book, something they say they'll consider.
59. What did Liz and Bill start doing after September 2001?
A. Chatting with people. B. Setting up street signs.
C. Telling stories to strangers. D. Organizing a speaker's comer.
60. What they have been doing can be described as______.
A. pointless B. normal C. crazy D. successful
61. Why are Denise and Marcia mentioned in the text?
A. They knew Liz and Bill very well.
B. They happened to meet the writer of the text.
C. They organized the get-together in the city park.
D. They are examples of those who talked to Liz and Bill.
62. What will Liz and Bill do in the future?
A. Go in for publishing. B. Do more television programs.
C. Continue what they am doing. D. Spend more time reading books.
63. How do they like the idea of writing a book?
A. They have decided to wait a year or two. B. They will think about it carefully.
C. They agreed immediately. D. They find it hard to do that.
C
After the successful landing of the rover(火星探测车) on Mars, scientists from NASA (the US National Aeronautics and Space Administration) have spent the last few days studying data(数据) from the robot and working on getting it ready to roll.
Spirit made a nerve - racking, but safe landing on Mars on Sunday on what scientists believe is the rocky bed of an ancient lake that once may have contained life.
Just three hours later, the six- wheeled rover began sending black - and - white photos of its surroundings back 170 million kilometres to Earth. The rover sent back a few color photos on Monday.
The scientists were overjoyed by the success. Two of every three past tasks to Mars have failed.
"It's a big step forward for man. Now we have another rover on another planet, exploring a new world. What more could you ask for?" said Charles Elachi , director of NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory.
The first images from Spirit show a flat, wind - damaged surface dotted with small rocks. The scene made scientists eager to send the rover around the planet in search of evidence(证据) that the landing site was once covered with water.
The US $ 820 million project also includes a twin rover called Opportunity, sent to land on Mars' other side very soon.
The dozens of photos show Spirit landed upright, level and facing south on a flat stretch of the hole the scientists believe once contained a lake.
It will be about a week before the six - wheeled robot is ready to roll off its lander and move around Mars.
Spirit's successful landing has ended the trend of failed tasks to Mars. NASA's last attempt to land on Mars, in 1999, ended in failure. Its last successful landing was in 1997, when Pathfinder carried the tiny rover, Sojourner, to the surface of Mars.
Over the next three months, the robot will use a range of instruments to look for evidence of past water activity in the rocks and soil of the planet.
64.The underlined word nerve racking probably means .
A. smooth B. causing great mental stress C. surprising D. disappointing
65.Scientists believed that .
A. there had been life on the Mars
B. there is life on the Mars
C. the surface of Mars used to be flat
D. the exploration of other planets will end in failure
66.Which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. The Spirit has sent back thousands of color pictures of Mars.
B. It cost the US 820 million dollars to send Spirit to Mars.
C. The successful landing of Spirit is a great success of the whole world.
D. The first landing of a rover on Mars left a deep impression on the whole world.
67.Which is the best title of the passage?
A. NASA Pleased with Its Rover.
B. Man's Record of Exploring Mars.
C. Study on Mars.
D. Successful Landing of Spirit and Opportunity on Mars.
D
One hundred and fifty-nine pilot whales beached themselves on a faraway beach in New Zealand on January8, but rescue workers were able to save 39 of them.
Rescue workers flew to the beach on Stewart Island, the southernmost island of New Zealand, in a helicopter after learning about the beached pilot whales. When they arrived, 80 of the whales had already died. The rescuers covered the living whales in sheets and try to keep them wet to protect them from the heat. They also dug trenches (沟渠) around the whales and pushed them over to turn them upright, afraid the whales might not be able to breathe if their blowhole (呼吸孔)was upside-down.
When high tide came, the workers pushed the whales out to sea and then sent them further out with small boats. Some of the pilot whales became disoriented (不辨方向的)and returned to the beach, and then the rescue workers had to guide them out to the water again. The next morning they used planes to check and make sure the rescued whales were still out at sea.
Pilot whales beach themselves fairly often. Scientists are not sure why, but think it may be when they make mistakes navigating (航行) or when they follow a sick whale too near the shore. They swim toward shore and when the tide goes down they become trapped on the beach and usually die in the sun. One of the worst beachings was on the same island in New Zealand in 1998, when around 300 pilot whales died.
Pilot whales look like dolphins and are small for whales, growing up to 16 feet long and weighing three tons.
68.The rescuers turned the pilot whales upright .
A.to get them ready to swim back B. to help them breathe smoothly
C. to protect them from the heat D. to guide them in the right direction
69.On Steward Island of New Zealand, at least pilot whales have died so far because of
beaching themselves.
A. 159 B. 80 C. 300 D. 400
70.Pilot whales often beach themselves probably for the following reasons except .
A. they are disoriented
B. they make mistakes navigating, and swim toward shore
C. they become trapped on the beach when the tide goes down
D. they sometimes follow a sick whale too near the shore
E
I'm afraid we have to accept the fact that criminals(罪犯) are getting younger all the time, but unfortunately the crimes are becoming more serious. I only wish we didn't have to admit this but, in doing so,we must first ask ourselves what's wrong with our society,or else our children clearly couldn't care less about law and order. The days of the sneak thief who stole a couple of apples or a packet of sweets from a chain store are actually over. I had a chance to say this to a young offender the other day, "Sweets from a chain store?" He said, "You must be joking. That's what kids do." I may add that he was aged 11. In other words, today's young criminals would find it laughable to risk being caught for petty theft of this description. They've got enough money in their pockets to buy the sweets they want, anyway. I think it's all too easy to put the blame on anyone but ourselves. Faced as they are with a society that frequently gives them up on the grounds of color, race or low learning ability, these children turn to crime as a means of showing off their self-respect. Natured on films and TV glamorizing(美化) the role of the criminal, they are quick to copy these anti-heroes. It is a matter of increasing concern to the police and government that the Children and Young Person's Act, 1969, is becoming improper to deal with the rise in young criminals. Because the emphasis has been placed on the cause and gentle treatment of their crimes, rather than on old-fashioned methods of punishment, the children themselves know well that there is very little that can be done to prevent them continuing to steal, damage and in some case even cause the death of those they choose to terrorize(恐吓). I don't like the look of this situation any more than you do. In our own interests and in those of our children and grandchildren, we cannot continue to take "the its nothing to do with me attitude" we have used for so long. We must unite in a common demand for harder and stricter methods against these young criminals.
71.When he raised the question "Sweets from the chain store ?", the writer was asking the boy whether .
A. he wanted some sweets from a chain store
B. he was caught while stealing from a chain store
C. the days of stealing sweets from a chain store were over
D. stealing sweets from a chain store was illegal
72.Today's young criminals wouldn't commit such crimes as stealing some fruit because .
A. they are afraid of being caught on the spot
B. people will laugh at them
C. they have enough money to buy them
D. it is not worth the risk
73.According to the author, the reason why some youngsters tend to commit crimes is, psychologically speaking, that .
A. they are often rejected on the grounds of race, color or education
B. they don't know what they are doing is against the law
C. they think it the only way of showing their self-respect
D. both A and C
74.In dealing with young criminals, the author is obviously in favor of .
A. severe punishment once used in the past
B. showing great concern about our children
C. more patient methods in educating young criminals
D. treating every young criminal as our own child
75.In the author's opinion, who should be blamed most?
A. TV and films. B. Young criminals. C. Society. D. Police.
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节：短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
Thanks very much on inviting me to your birthday 76.
party on Sunday. I'd like very much come but 77.
I had an examination on Monday morning. It is 78.
a very important exam but I can't afford to 79.
fail it. I'll spend all the whole weekend reading 80.
and prepare for it. So I'm really sorry that 81.
I won't be able to come in this time. Hope you 82.
can understand. I'll take this chance to wish 83.
you wonderful time on your birthday. Happy 84.
birthday, Peter, and much happy returns of the day! 85.
第二节:书面表达(满分25分)
假如你是南京某中学学生李华。“五一”劳动节将至，你校外籍教师Alex打算利用“五一”长假外出旅游，希望你能为他提供参考建议。请你根据下列图例和中文提示为Alex提供旅游建议。
注意：
短文必须包括所有内容、要点，可适当增加细节，使文章连贯、通顺。
字数100左右；文章开头和结尾已给，不计入总词数。
Dear Alex,
Here is my suggestion about your travel during the long May Day holidays.....
I wish you could enjoy your travel.
Yours,
Li Hua
| 赞成的人认为： | 反对的人认为： |
| 1．给当地人创造很多的就业机会； 2．推动地方经济的发展； 3．引进新机器(包括环保设备)； 4．带来新的经营管理理念。 | 1．噪音污染，影响人们的生活； 2．释放大量有毒气体，对人体非常有害； 3．排放废水，污染河流。 |
| 使用互联网的益处 | 使用互联网的弊端 |
| 1、资源丰富 2、节省时间 3、方便交流和沟通 | 1、内容良莠兼有 2、沉迷网络游戏会影响学业 3、过多使用会影响健康 |
| Steps of my future career At school and university Work experience Continued learning. |
| 班主任 | 性格开朗，有礼貌，与师生相处融洽；同学们希望能邀请她到自己家里过春节 |
| 语文老师 | 对中文有浓厚兴趣，课内外能用中文与师生交流 |
| 数学老师 | 数学不错，经常帮老师收发作业 |
| 英语老师 | 经常帮助同学学习英语 |
| 化学老师 | 喜欢做实验，但有时不够细心 |
| 物理老师 | 她是班里物理学得最好的学生之一 |
| 什 么 是 禽 流 感 |
| 禽流感是人类和家禽易感染的一种传染病。是由H5N1病毒引起的。禽类易感，人患禽流感的比率不大。但一旦感染，死亡率极高。 |
| 临床症状 |
| 初期症状类似于其它流感：发烧，咳嗽，流鼻涕，喉咙痛等。 |
| 预防措施 |
| 1．鸡肉和鸡蛋要煮熟煮透。高温可很快杀死H5N1病毒。 2．减少与家禽的接触。如果接触了家禽，要把手洗干净。 3．保持室内通风，加强锻炼。 |
| 手机的优点 | 1．便于与父母和朋友联系； 2．能增加乐趣。 |
| 带手机上学 存在的问题 | 1．上课时使用手机干扰教学;2．用手机聊天、发短信费时费钱。 |
| 建议 | 1．上课时不许使用手机； 2．贵重物品，个人宜妥善保管。 |
| 主要情况 | 范围：9个省，自治区（autonomous regions）,一个直辖市（municipality） |
| 面积：540万平方公里 | |
| 人口：2.85亿 | |
| 实施要点 | 交通(transportation)建设:修建多条公路、铁路 |
| 环境保护：退耕还林，防治污染 | |
| 资源利用：开发利用其丰富的天然资源 | |
| 人才引进：广纳各类专家、技术人员 |
| Foreign Teachers Wanted The Education Department of the Ladder Company is running an English course for children and adults. Requirement: 1. Native English speaker 2. University degree in education or related field preferred 3. Foreign expert certification. If you are interested, please call us: Tel: 86－10－ E-mail: liecbj @ hotmail.com Beijing Ladder Information Company Limited |